Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 4221:dd4f3ceb5d86 v7.3.862
updated for version 7.3.862
Problem: Dragging the status line can be slow.
Solution: Look ahead and drop the drag event if there is a next one.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 16 Mar 2013 14:20:51 +0100 |
| parents | 6604853dd822 |
| children | a82ef37d38c0 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
| 19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); | |
| 20 | |
| 3744 | 21 /* All user names (for ~user completion as done by shell). */ |
| 22 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 23 static garray_T ga_users; | |
| 24 #endif | |
| 25 | |
| 7 | 26 /* |
| 27 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 28 */ | |
| 29 int | |
| 30 get_indent() | |
| 31 { | |
| 32 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 33 } | |
| 34 | |
| 35 /* | |
| 36 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 37 */ | |
| 38 int | |
| 39 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 40 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 43 } | |
| 44 | |
| 45 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 46 /* | |
| 47 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 48 * "buf". | |
| 49 */ | |
| 50 int | |
| 51 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 52 buf_T *buf; | |
| 53 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 54 { | |
| 55 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 56 } | |
| 57 #endif | |
| 58 | |
| 59 /* | |
| 60 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 61 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 62 */ | |
| 164 | 63 int |
| 7 | 64 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 65 char_u *ptr; | |
| 66 int ts; | |
| 67 { | |
| 68 int count = 0; | |
| 69 | |
| 70 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 71 { | |
| 72 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 73 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 74 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 75 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 76 else | |
| 77 break; | |
| 78 } | |
| 164 | 79 return count; |
| 7 | 80 } |
| 81 | |
| 82 /* | |
| 83 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 84 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 85 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 86 * "flags": | |
| 87 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 88 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 89 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 90 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 91 */ | |
| 92 int | |
| 93 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 94 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 95 int flags; |
| 96 { | |
| 97 char_u *p; | |
| 98 char_u *newline; | |
| 99 char_u *oldline; | |
| 100 char_u *s; | |
| 101 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 102 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 103 int line_len; |
| 104 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 105 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 106 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 107 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 108 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 109 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 110 |
| 111 /* | |
| 112 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 113 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 114 */ | |
| 115 todo = size; | |
| 116 ind_len = 0; | |
| 117 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 118 | |
| 119 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 120 * isn't already set */ | |
| 121 | |
| 1324 | 122 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 123 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 124 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 125 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 126 { |
| 127 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 128 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 129 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 ind_done = 0; | |
| 132 | |
| 133 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 134 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 135 { | |
| 136 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 137 { | |
| 138 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 139 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 140 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 141 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 142 break; | |
| 143 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 144 ++ind_len; | |
| 145 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 146 } | |
| 147 else | |
| 148 { | |
| 149 --todo; | |
| 150 ++ind_len; | |
| 151 ++ind_done; | |
| 152 } | |
| 153 ++p; | |
| 154 } | |
| 155 | |
| 1324 | 156 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 157 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 158 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 159 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 160 | |
| 7 | 161 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 162 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 163 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 164 { |
| 165 doit = TRUE; | |
| 166 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 167 ++ind_len; | |
| 168 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 169 } | |
| 170 } | |
| 171 | |
| 172 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 173 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 174 { | |
| 175 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 176 doit = TRUE; | |
| 177 else | |
| 178 ++p; | |
| 179 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 180 ++ind_len; | |
| 181 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 182 } | |
| 183 } | |
| 184 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 185 while (todo > 0) | |
| 186 { | |
| 187 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 188 doit = TRUE; | |
| 189 else | |
| 190 ++p; | |
| 191 --todo; | |
| 192 ++ind_len; | |
| 193 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 194 } | |
| 195 | |
| 196 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 197 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 198 return FALSE; | |
| 199 | |
| 200 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 201 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 202 p = oldline; | |
| 203 else | |
| 204 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 205 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 206 |
| 207 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 208 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 209 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 210 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 211 { |
| 212 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 213 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 214 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 215 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 216 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 217 * characters, which may have been | |
| 218 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 219 p = oldline; |
| 220 s = newline; | |
| 221 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 222 { | |
| 223 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 224 orig_char_len--; | |
| 225 } | |
| 1474 | 226 |
| 1324 | 227 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 228 * than old) */ | |
| 229 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 230 ++p; |
| 1348 | 231 |
| 1324 | 232 } |
| 233 else | |
| 234 { | |
| 235 todo = size; | |
| 236 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 237 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 238 return FALSE; | |
| 239 s = newline; | |
| 240 } | |
| 7 | 241 |
| 242 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 243 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 244 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 245 { | |
| 246 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 247 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 248 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 p = oldline; | |
| 251 ind_done = 0; | |
| 252 | |
| 253 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 254 { | |
| 255 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 256 { | |
| 257 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 258 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 259 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 260 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 261 break; | |
| 262 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 263 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 else | |
| 266 { | |
| 267 --todo; | |
| 268 ++ind_done; | |
| 269 } | |
| 270 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 271 } | |
| 272 | |
| 273 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 274 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 275 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 276 { | |
| 277 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 278 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 279 } | |
| 280 | |
| 281 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 285 { | |
| 286 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 287 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 288 } | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 while (todo > 0) | |
| 291 { | |
| 292 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 293 --todo; | |
| 294 } | |
| 295 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 296 | |
| 297 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 298 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 299 { | |
| 300 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 301 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 302 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 303 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
| 304 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 305 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 835 | 306 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
| 217 | 307 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 308 } |
| 309 else | |
| 310 vim_free(newline); | |
| 311 | |
| 312 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 313 return retval; |
| 7 | 314 } |
| 315 | |
| 316 /* | |
| 317 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 318 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 319 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 static int | |
| 322 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 323 int size; | |
| 324 char_u *src; | |
| 325 { | |
| 326 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 327 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 328 char_u *s; | |
| 329 int todo; | |
| 330 int ind_len; | |
| 331 int line_len = 0; | |
| 332 int tab_pad; | |
| 333 int ind_done; | |
| 334 int round; | |
| 335 | |
| 336 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 337 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 338 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 339 { | |
| 340 todo = size; | |
| 341 ind_len = 0; | |
| 342 ind_done = 0; | |
| 343 s = src; | |
| 344 | |
| 345 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 346 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 349 { | |
| 350 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 351 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 352 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 353 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 354 break; | |
| 355 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 356 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 else | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 --todo; | |
| 361 ++ind_done; | |
| 362 } | |
| 363 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 364 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 365 *p++ = *s; |
| 366 ++s; | |
| 367 } | |
| 368 | |
| 369 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 370 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 371 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 372 { |
| 373 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 374 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 375 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 376 *p++ = TAB; |
| 377 } | |
| 378 | |
| 379 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 380 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 381 { |
| 382 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 383 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 384 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 385 *p++ = TAB; |
| 386 } | |
| 387 | |
| 388 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 389 while (todo > 0) | |
| 390 { | |
| 391 --todo; | |
| 392 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 393 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 394 *p++ = ' '; |
| 395 } | |
| 396 | |
| 840 | 397 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 398 { |
| 399 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 400 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 401 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 402 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 403 if (line == NULL) | |
| 404 return FALSE; | |
| 405 p = line; | |
| 406 } | |
| 407 } | |
| 408 | |
| 409 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 410 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 411 | |
| 412 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 413 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 416 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 417 return TRUE; | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 | |
| 420 /* | |
| 421 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 422 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 423 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 424 */ |
| 425 int | |
| 426 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 427 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 428 { | |
| 429 colnr_T col; | |
| 430 pos_T pos; | |
| 431 | |
| 3632 | 432 regmatch_T regmatch; |
| 433 int lead_len = 0; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 434 | |
| 7 | 435 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 436 return -1; | |
| 41 | 437 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 3584 | 438 |
| 439 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 3632 | 440 /* In format_lines() (i.e. not insert mode), fo+=q is needed too... */ |
| 441 if ((State & INSERT) || has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS)) | |
| 3584 | 442 lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3632 | 443 #endif |
| 444 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 445 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 448 | |
| 449 /* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us | |
| 450 * start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */ | |
| 451 if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 452 { | |
| 453 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 454 pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 41 | 455 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3632 | 456 pos.coladd = 0; |
| 457 #endif | |
| 458 } | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 41 | 461 |
| 462 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 463 return -1; |
| 464 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 465 return (int)col; | |
| 466 } | |
| 467 | |
| 468 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 469 | |
| 470 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 471 | |
| 472 /* | |
| 473 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 474 */ | |
| 475 static int | |
| 476 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 477 char_u *line; | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 char_u *cinw; | |
| 480 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 481 int cinw_len; | |
| 482 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 483 int len; | |
| 484 | |
| 485 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 486 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 487 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 490 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 491 { | |
| 492 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 493 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 494 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 495 { | |
| 496 retval = TRUE; | |
| 497 break; | |
| 498 } | |
| 499 } | |
| 500 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 501 } | |
| 502 return retval; | |
| 503 } | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 | |
| 506 /* | |
| 507 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 508 * | |
| 509 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 510 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 511 * | |
| 512 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 513 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 514 * new line. | |
| 515 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 516 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 517 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 518 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 3584 | 519 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent |
| 520 * | |
| 521 * "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag | |
| 522 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST | |
| 7 | 523 * |
| 524 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 525 */ | |
| 526 int | |
| 3584 | 527 open_line(dir, flags, second_line_indent) |
| 7 | 528 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ |
| 529 int flags; | |
| 3584 | 530 int second_line_indent; |
| 7 | 531 { |
| 532 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 533 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 534 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 535 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 536 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 537 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 538 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 539 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 540 int n; | |
| 541 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 542 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 543 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 544 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 545 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 546 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 547 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 548 #endif | |
| 549 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 550 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 551 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 552 char_u *p; | |
| 553 #endif | |
| 554 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 555 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 556 pos_T *pos; | |
| 557 #endif | |
| 558 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 559 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 560 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 561 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 562 # endif | |
| 563 ); | |
| 564 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 565 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 566 #endif | |
| 567 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 568 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 569 #endif | |
| 570 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 571 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 572 | |
| 573 /* | |
| 574 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 575 */ | |
| 576 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 577 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 578 return FALSE; | |
| 579 | |
| 580 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 581 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 582 { | |
| 583 /* | |
| 584 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 585 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 586 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 587 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 588 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 589 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 590 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 591 */ | |
| 592 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 593 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 594 else | |
| 595 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 596 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 597 goto theend; | |
| 598 | |
| 599 /* | |
| 600 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 601 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 602 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 603 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 604 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 605 */ | |
| 606 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 607 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 608 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 609 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 610 { |
| 611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 612 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 613 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 614 else | |
| 615 #endif | |
| 616 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 617 } | |
| 7 | 618 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 619 } | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 | |
| 622 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 623 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 624 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 625 #endif | |
| 626 ) | |
| 627 { | |
| 628 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 629 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 630 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 631 { | |
| 632 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 633 first_char = *p; | |
| 634 } | |
| 635 #endif | |
| 636 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 637 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 638 #endif | |
| 639 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 640 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 641 } | |
| 642 | |
| 643 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 645 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 646 #endif | |
| 647 ai_col = 0; | |
| 648 | |
| 649 /* | |
| 650 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 651 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 652 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 653 */ | |
| 654 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 655 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 656 | |
| 657 /* | |
| 658 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 659 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 660 */ | |
| 661 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 662 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 663 || do_si | |
| 664 #endif | |
| 665 ) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 /* | |
| 668 * count white space on current line | |
| 669 */ | |
| 670 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3584 | 671 if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST)) |
| 672 newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 7 | 673 |
| 674 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 675 /* | |
| 676 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 677 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 678 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 679 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 680 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 681 */ | |
| 682 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 683 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 684 { | |
| 685 char_u *ptr; | |
| 686 char_u last_char; | |
| 687 | |
| 688 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 689 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 690 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 691 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 692 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 693 else |
| 694 lead_len = 0; | |
| 695 # endif | |
| 696 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 697 { | |
| 698 /* | |
| 699 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 700 * recognised as comments. | |
| 701 */ | |
| 702 if ( | |
| 703 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 704 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 705 # endif | |
| 706 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 707 { | |
| 708 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 709 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 710 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 713 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 714 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 715 else |
| 716 lead_len = 0; | |
| 717 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 718 { | |
| 719 /* | |
| 720 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 721 * \* | |
| 722 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 723 * *\ | |
| 724 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 725 * This should line up here; | |
| 726 */ | |
| 727 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 728 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 729 p++; | |
| 730 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 731 { | |
| 732 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 733 { | |
| 734 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 735 { | |
| 736 /* | |
| 737 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 738 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 739 * the comment | |
| 740 */ | |
| 741 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 742 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 743 { | |
| 744 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 745 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 746 } | |
| 747 } | |
| 748 } | |
| 749 } | |
| 750 } | |
| 751 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 752 # endif | |
| 753 { | |
| 754 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 755 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 756 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 757 --p; | |
| 758 last_char = *p; | |
| 759 | |
| 760 /* | |
| 761 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 762 */ | |
| 763 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 if (p > ptr) | |
| 766 --p; | |
| 767 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 768 --p; | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 /* | |
| 771 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 772 * lines. eg: | |
| 773 * if (condition && | |
| 774 * condition) { | |
| 775 * Should line up here! | |
| 776 * } | |
| 777 */ | |
| 778 if (*p == ')') | |
| 779 { | |
| 780 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 781 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 782 { | |
| 783 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 784 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 785 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 786 } | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 /* | |
| 789 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 790 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 791 */ | |
| 792 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 793 { | |
| 794 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 795 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 796 } | |
| 797 /* | |
| 798 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 799 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 800 * '}'. | |
| 801 */ | |
| 802 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 803 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 804 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 805 } | |
| 806 } | |
| 807 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 808 { | |
| 809 /* | |
| 810 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 811 * recognised as comments. | |
| 812 */ | |
| 813 if ( | |
| 814 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 815 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 816 # endif | |
| 817 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 818 { | |
| 819 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 820 | |
| 821 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 822 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 823 { | |
| 824 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 825 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 826 else | |
| 827 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 828 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 829 } | |
| 830 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 831 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 832 else | |
| 833 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 834 } | |
| 835 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 836 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 837 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 838 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 839 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 840 } | |
| 841 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 842 } | |
| 843 if (do_si) | |
| 844 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 845 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 846 | |
| 847 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 848 } | |
| 849 | |
| 850 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 851 /* | |
| 852 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 853 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 854 */ | |
| 855 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 856 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 857 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 858 else |
| 859 lead_len = 0; | |
| 860 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 861 { | |
| 862 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 863 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 864 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 865 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 866 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 867 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 868 int current_flag; | |
| 869 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 870 char_u *p2; | |
| 871 | |
| 872 /* | |
| 873 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 874 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 875 */ | |
| 876 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 877 { | |
| 878 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 879 { | |
| 880 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 881 continue; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 884 { | |
| 885 current_flag = *p; | |
| 886 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 887 { | |
| 888 /* | |
| 889 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 890 */ | |
| 891 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 892 { | |
| 893 lead_len = 0; | |
| 894 break; | |
| 895 } | |
| 896 | |
| 897 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 898 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 899 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 900 } | |
| 901 | |
| 902 /* | |
| 903 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 904 */ | |
| 905 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 906 { | |
| 907 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 908 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 909 ++p; | |
| 910 } | |
| 911 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 912 | |
| 913 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 914 { | |
| 915 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 916 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 917 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 918 ++p; | |
| 919 } | |
| 920 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 921 | |
| 922 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 923 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 924 | |
| 925 /* | |
| 926 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 927 * the comment leader. | |
| 928 */ | |
| 929 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 930 { | |
| 931 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 932 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 933 { | |
| 934 comment_end = p; | |
| 935 lead_len = 0; | |
| 936 break; | |
| 937 } | |
| 938 } | |
| 939 | |
| 940 /* | |
| 941 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 942 */ | |
| 943 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 944 { | |
| 945 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 946 { | |
| 947 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 948 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 949 } | |
| 950 | |
| 951 /* | |
| 952 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 953 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 954 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 955 */ | |
| 956 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 957 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 958 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 959 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 960 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 961 || require_blank)) | |
| 962 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 963 } | |
| 964 break; | |
| 965 } | |
| 966 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 967 { | |
| 968 /* | |
| 969 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 970 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 971 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 972 */ | |
| 973 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 974 { | |
| 975 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 976 lead_len = 0; | |
| 977 break; | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 | |
| 980 /* | |
| 981 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 982 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 983 */ | |
| 984 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 985 --p; | |
| 986 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 987 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 988 ; | |
| 989 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 990 | |
| 991 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 992 * the comment-end */ | |
| 993 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 994 | |
| 995 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 996 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 997 { | |
| 998 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 999 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 1000 } | |
| 1001 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 1002 { | |
| 1003 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 1004 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 1005 p2++; | |
| 1006 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 1007 } | |
| 1008 break; | |
| 1009 } | |
| 1010 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 1011 { | |
| 1012 /* | |
| 1013 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 1014 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 1015 */ | |
| 1016 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1017 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1018 else | |
| 1019 { | |
| 1020 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1021 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1022 } | |
| 1023 break; | |
| 1024 } | |
| 1025 } | |
| 1026 if (lead_len) | |
| 1027 { | |
| 3596 | 1028 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */ |
| 3584 | 1029 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len |
| 3596 | 1030 + (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1); |
| 7 | 1031 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1034 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1035 else | |
| 1036 { | |
| 419 | 1037 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1038 |
| 1039 /* | |
| 1040 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1041 */ | |
| 1042 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1043 { | |
| 1044 int c = 0; | |
| 1045 int off = 0; | |
| 1046 | |
| 1996 | 1047 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1048 { |
| 1049 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1050 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1051 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1052 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1053 else |
| 1054 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1055 } |
| 1056 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1057 { | |
| 1058 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1059 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1060 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1061 ; | |
| 1062 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1063 |
| 1064 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1065 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1066 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1067 { | |
| 1068 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1069 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1070 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1071 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1072 int l; | |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1075 { | |
| 39 | 1076 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1077 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1078 } | |
| 835 | 1079 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1080 if (l != 0) |
| 1081 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1082 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1083 lead_len += l; | |
| 1084 } | |
| 1085 #else | |
| 7 | 1086 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1087 p = leader; | |
| 1088 else | |
| 1089 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1090 #endif |
| 7 | 1091 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1092 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1093 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1096 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1097 { |
| 1098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1099 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 if (l > 1) | |
| 1102 { | |
| 1103 p -= l; | |
| 1104 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1107 --l; | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1110 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1111 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1112 *p = ' '; | |
| 1113 } | |
| 1114 else | |
| 1115 #endif | |
| 7 | 1116 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1117 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1118 } |
| 7 | 1119 } |
| 1120 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1121 { | |
| 1122 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1124 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1125 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1126 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1127 { | |
| 1128 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1129 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1130 int i; | |
| 1131 int l; | |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1134 { | |
| 474 | 1135 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1136 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1137 break; | |
| 1138 } | |
| 1139 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1142 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1143 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 #endif | |
| 7 | 1147 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1150 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1151 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1152 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1153 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1154 { | |
| 1155 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1156 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 --lead_len; | |
| 1159 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1160 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1161 } | |
| 1162 else | |
| 17 | 1163 { |
| 1164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1165 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1166 |
| 1167 if (l > 1) | |
| 1168 { | |
| 1169 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1170 { | |
| 1171 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1172 * two spaces */ | |
| 1173 --l; | |
| 1174 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1175 } | |
| 1176 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1177 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1178 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1179 } | |
| 1180 #endif | |
| 7 | 1181 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1182 } |
| 7 | 1183 } |
| 1184 *p = NUL; | |
| 1185 } | |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1188 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1189 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1190 || do_si | |
| 1191 #endif | |
| 1192 ) | |
| 1193 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1196 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 off = -newindent; | |
| 1199 newindent = 0; | |
| 1200 } | |
| 1201 else | |
| 1202 newindent += off; | |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1205 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1206 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1207 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1208 { | |
| 1209 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1210 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1211 break; | |
| 1212 --lead_len; | |
| 1213 --off; | |
| 1214 } | |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1217 * extra space */ | |
| 1218 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1219 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1220 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1221 } | |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 if (extra_space) | |
| 1224 { | |
| 1225 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1226 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 /* | |
| 1232 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1233 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1234 */ | |
| 1235 if (newindent | |
| 1236 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1237 || did_si | |
| 1238 #endif | |
| 1239 ) | |
| 1240 { | |
| 1241 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1242 { | |
| 1243 --lead_len; | |
| 1244 --newcol; | |
| 1245 ++leader; | |
| 1246 } | |
| 1247 } | |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1251 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1252 #endif | |
| 1253 } | |
| 1254 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1255 { | |
| 1256 /* | |
| 1257 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1258 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1259 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1260 * comment. | |
| 1261 */ | |
| 1262 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1263 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1264 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1265 || do_si | |
| 1266 #endif | |
| 1267 )) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1270 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1271 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1272 { | |
| 1273 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1274 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1275 } | |
| 1276 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1277 } | |
| 1278 } | |
| 1279 } | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1283 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1284 { | |
| 1285 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 /* | |
| 1288 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1289 * non-blank. | |
| 1290 * | |
| 1291 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1292 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1293 */ | |
| 1294 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1295 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1296 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1297 { | |
| 1298 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1300 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1301 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1302 #endif | |
| 1303 ) | |
| 1304 { | |
| 1305 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1306 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1307 ++p_extra; | |
| 1308 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1309 } | |
| 1310 } | |
| 1311 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1312 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1315 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1316 } | |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1319 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1322 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1323 if (lead_len) | |
| 1324 { | |
| 3584 | 1325 if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0) |
| 1326 { | |
| 1327 int i; | |
| 3592 | 1328 int padding = second_line_indent |
| 1329 - (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader)); | |
| 3584 | 1330 |
| 1331 /* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char. | |
| 1332 * Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the | |
| 1333 * whitespace needed before the comment char. */ | |
| 1334 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 1335 { | |
| 1336 STRCAT(leader, " "); | |
| 3705 | 1337 less_cols--; |
| 3584 | 1338 newcol++; |
| 1339 } | |
| 1340 } | |
| 7 | 1341 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); |
| 1342 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1343 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1344 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 else | |
| 1347 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1348 #endif | |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1351 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1352 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1353 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1354 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1355 #endif | |
| 1356 { | |
| 1357 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1358 == FAIL) | |
| 1359 goto theend; | |
| 1360 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1361 * with markers. */ | |
| 1362 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1363 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1364 } | |
| 1365 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1366 else | |
| 1367 { | |
| 1368 /* | |
| 1369 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1370 */ | |
| 1371 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1372 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1373 { | |
| 1374 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1375 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1376 */ | |
| 1377 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1378 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1381 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1382 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1383 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1384 } | |
| 1385 #endif | |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 if (newindent | |
| 1388 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1389 || did_si | |
| 1390 #endif | |
| 1391 ) | |
| 1392 { | |
| 1393 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1394 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1395 if (did_si) | |
| 1396 { | |
| 3740 | 1397 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 1398 | |
| 7 | 1399 if (p_sr) |
| 3740 | 1400 newindent -= newindent % sw; |
| 1401 newindent += sw; | |
| 7 | 1402 } |
| 1403 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1404 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1405 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1406 { |
| 1407 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 /* | |
| 1410 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1411 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1412 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1413 */ | |
| 1414 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1415 } | |
| 1416 else | |
| 1417 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1418 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 /* | |
| 1423 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1424 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1425 */ | |
| 1426 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1427 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1428 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1429 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1430 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1431 if (no_si) | |
| 1432 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1433 #endif | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1437 /* | |
| 1438 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1439 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1440 */ | |
| 1441 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1442 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1443 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1444 #endif | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1449 { | |
| 1450 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1451 { | |
| 1452 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1453 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1454 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1455 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1456 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1457 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1458 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1459 if (did_append) | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1462 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1463 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1466 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1467 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1468 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1469 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 else | |
| 1472 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 /* | |
| 1476 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1477 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1478 */ | |
| 1479 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1480 } | |
| 1481 if (did_append) | |
| 1482 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1485 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1486 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1487 #endif | |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1490 /* | |
| 1491 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1492 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1493 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1494 */ | |
| 1495 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1498 State = INSERT; | |
| 1499 } | |
| 1500 else | |
| 1501 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1502 #endif | |
| 1503 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1504 /* | |
| 1505 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1506 */ | |
| 1507 if (!p_paste | |
| 1508 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1509 && leader == NULL | |
| 1510 # endif | |
| 1511 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1512 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1513 { | |
| 1514 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1515 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1516 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 #endif | |
| 1519 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1520 /* | |
| 1521 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1522 */ | |
| 1523 if (!p_paste | |
| 1524 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1525 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1526 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1527 # endif | |
| 1528 ) | |
| 1529 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1530 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1531 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1534 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1535 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 #endif | |
| 1538 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1539 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1540 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1541 #endif | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1544 /* | |
| 1545 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1546 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1547 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1548 */ | |
| 1549 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1550 { | |
| 1551 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1552 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1553 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1554 goto theend; | |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1557 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1560 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1561 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1562 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1563 #endif | |
| 1564 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1565 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1566 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1567 } | |
| 1568 #endif | |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1571 theend: | |
| 1572 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1573 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1574 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1575 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1576 return retval; | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1580 /* | |
| 1581 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
| 1582 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
| 1583 * returned. | |
| 1584 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
| 1585 * comment leader. | |
| 1586 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1587 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1588 * length. | |
| 7 | 1589 */ |
| 1590 int | |
| 3562 | 1591 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1592 char_u *line; |
| 1593 char_u **flags; | |
| 1594 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1595 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1596 { |
| 1597 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1598 int result; |
| 7 | 1599 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1600 int found_one; | |
| 1601 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1602 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1603 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1604 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1605 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1606 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1607 |
| 3562 | 1608 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1609 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1610 ++i; | |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 /* | |
| 1613 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1614 */ | |
| 2809 | 1615 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1616 { |
| 1617 /* | |
| 1618 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1619 */ | |
| 1620 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1621 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1622 { | |
| 2809 | 1623 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1624 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1625 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1626 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1627 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1628 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1629 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1630 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1631 continue; | |
| 1632 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1633 | |
| 2809 | 1634 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1635 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1636 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1637 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1638 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1639 break; | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1642 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1643 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1644 continue; | |
| 1645 | |
| 2809 | 1646 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1647 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1648 continue; | |
| 1649 | |
| 2809 | 1650 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1651 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1652 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1653 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1654 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1655 { | |
| 1656 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 2809 | 1657 continue; /* missing shite space */ |
| 7 | 1658 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1659 ++string; | |
| 1660 } | |
| 1661 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1662 ; | |
| 1663 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1664 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1667 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1668 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1669 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1670 continue; | |
| 1671 | |
| 2809 | 1672 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1673 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1674 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1675 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1676 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1677 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1678 { | |
| 1679 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1680 { | |
| 1681 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1682 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1683 } | |
| 1684 continue; | |
| 1685 } | |
| 1686 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1687 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1688 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1689 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1692 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1693 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1694 break; | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 | |
| 2809 | 1697 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1700 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1701 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1702 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1703 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1704 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1705 } | |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1708 if (!found_one) |
| 1709 break; | |
| 1710 | |
| 3562 | 1711 result = i; |
| 1712 | |
| 2809 | 1713 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1714 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1715 ++i; | |
| 1716 | |
| 3562 | 1717 if (include_space) |
| 1718 result = i; | |
| 1719 | |
| 2809 | 1720 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1721 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1722 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1723 break; | |
| 1724 } | |
| 3562 | 1725 return result; |
| 1726 } | |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 /* | |
| 1729 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1730 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1731 * | |
| 1732 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1733 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1734 */ | |
| 1735 int | |
| 1736 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1737 char_u *line; | |
| 1738 char_u **flags; | |
| 1739 { | |
| 1740 int result = -1; | |
| 1741 int i, j; | |
| 1742 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1743 char_u *string; | |
| 1744 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1745 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1746 char_u *list; | |
| 1747 int found_one; | |
| 1748 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 /* | |
| 1751 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1752 */ | |
| 1753 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1754 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1755 { | |
| 1756 /* | |
| 1757 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1758 */ | |
| 1759 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1760 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1761 { | |
| 1762 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 /* | |
| 1765 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1766 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1767 */ | |
| 1768 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1769 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1770 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1771 * happen. */ | |
| 1772 { | |
| 1773 continue; | |
| 1774 } | |
| 1775 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1776 com_leader = string; | |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 /* | |
| 1779 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1780 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1781 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1782 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1783 */ | |
| 1784 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1785 { | |
| 1786 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1787 continue; | |
| 1788 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1789 ++string; | |
| 1790 } | |
| 1791 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1792 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1793 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1794 continue; | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 /* | |
| 1797 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1798 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1799 */ | |
| 1800 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1801 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1802 { | |
| 1803 continue; | |
| 1804 } | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 /* | |
| 1807 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1808 */ | |
| 1809 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 if (flags) | |
| 1812 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1813 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 break; | |
| 1816 } | |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 if (found_one) | |
| 1819 { | |
| 1820 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1821 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 result = i; | |
| 1824 /* | |
| 1825 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1826 */ | |
| 1827 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1828 continue; | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1833 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1834 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1835 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1836 */ | |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1839 ++com_leader; | |
| 1840 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1843 { | |
| 1844 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1847 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1848 continue; | |
| 1849 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1850 ++string; | |
| 1851 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1852 ++string; | |
| 1853 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1854 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1855 continue; | |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1858 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1859 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1860 { | |
| 1861 --off; | |
| 1862 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1863 { | |
| 1864 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1865 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 } | |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 return result; | |
| 7 | 1872 } |
| 1873 #endif | |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 /* | |
| 1876 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1877 */ | |
| 1878 int | |
| 1879 plines(lnum) | |
| 1880 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1881 { | |
| 1882 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1883 } | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 int | |
| 1886 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1887 win_T *wp; | |
| 1888 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1889 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1890 { | |
| 1891 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1892 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1893 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1894 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 int | |
| 1898 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1899 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1900 { | |
| 1901 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 int | |
| 1905 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1906 win_T *wp; | |
| 1907 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1908 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 #endif | |
| 1911 int lines; | |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1914 return 1; | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1917 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1918 return 1; | |
| 1919 #endif | |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1922 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1923 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1924 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1925 return 1; | |
| 1926 #endif | |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1929 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1930 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1931 return lines; | |
| 1932 } | |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 /* | |
| 1935 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1936 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1937 */ | |
| 1938 int | |
| 1939 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1940 win_T *wp; | |
| 1941 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1942 { | |
| 1943 char_u *s; | |
| 1944 long col; | |
| 1945 int width; | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1948 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1949 return 1; | |
| 1950 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 /* | |
| 1953 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1954 * extra column. | |
| 1955 */ | |
| 1956 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1957 col += 1; | |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1960 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1961 */ |
| 1962 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1963 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1964 return 32000; | |
| 1965 if (col <= width) | |
| 1966 return 1; | |
| 1967 col -= width; | |
| 1968 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1969 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1970 } | |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 /* | |
| 1973 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1974 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 1975 */ | |
| 1976 int | |
| 1977 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 1978 win_T *wp; | |
| 1979 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1980 long column; | |
| 1981 { | |
| 1982 long col; | |
| 1983 char_u *s; | |
| 1984 int lines = 0; | |
| 1985 int width; | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1988 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1989 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1990 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1991 #endif | |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1994 return lines + 1; | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1997 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1998 return lines + 1; | |
| 1999 #endif | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 col = 0; | |
| 2004 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 2007 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2008 } |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 /* | |
| 2011 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 2012 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 2013 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 2014 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 2015 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 2016 */ | |
| 2017 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 2018 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2021 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 2022 */ |
| 2023 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 2024 if (width <= 0) |
| 2025 return 9999; | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 lines += 1; | |
| 2028 if (col > width) | |
| 2029 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 2030 return lines; | |
| 7 | 2031 } |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 int | |
| 2034 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 2035 win_T *wp; | |
| 2036 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2037 { | |
| 2038 int count = 0; | |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 while (first <= last) | |
| 2041 { | |
| 2042 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2043 int x; | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2046 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2047 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2048 if (x > 0) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2051 first += x; | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 else | |
| 2054 #endif | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2057 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2058 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2059 else | |
| 2060 #endif | |
| 2061 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2062 ++first; | |
| 2063 } | |
| 2064 } | |
| 2065 return (count); | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2069 /* | |
| 2070 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2071 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2072 */ | |
| 2073 void | |
| 2074 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2075 char_u *p; | |
| 2076 { | |
| 2077 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 #endif | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2082 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2083 /* | |
| 2084 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2085 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2086 */ | |
| 2087 void | |
| 2088 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2089 char_u *p; | |
| 2090 int len; | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 int i; | |
| 2093 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2094 int n; | |
| 2095 | |
| 1617 | 2096 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2097 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2098 { | |
| 2099 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2100 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2101 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2102 else | |
| 2103 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2104 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2105 } | |
| 2106 else | |
| 7 | 2107 # endif |
| 1617 | 2108 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2109 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2110 } |
| 2111 #endif | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 /* | |
| 2114 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2115 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2116 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2117 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2118 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2119 */ | |
| 2120 void | |
| 2121 ins_char(c) | |
| 2122 int c; | |
| 2123 { | |
| 2124 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2125 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2126 int n; |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2131 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2132 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2133 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2136 } | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 void | |
| 2139 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2140 char_u *buf; | |
| 2141 int charlen; | |
| 2142 { | |
| 2143 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2144 #endif | |
| 2145 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2146 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2147 char_u *p; | |
| 2148 char_u *newp; | |
| 2149 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2150 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2151 colnr_T col; | |
| 2152 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2153 int i; | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2156 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2157 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2158 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2159 #endif | |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2162 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2163 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2166 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2168 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2169 #else | |
| 2170 newlen = 1; | |
| 2171 #endif | |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2176 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2177 { | |
| 2178 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2179 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2180 int old_list; | |
| 2181 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2182 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2183 #endif | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 /* | |
| 2186 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2187 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2188 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2189 */ | |
| 2190 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2191 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2192 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 /* | |
| 2195 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2196 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2197 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2198 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2199 */ | |
| 2200 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2201 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2202 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2203 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2204 #endif | |
| 2205 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2206 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2209 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2210 * position. */ | |
| 2211 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2212 break; | |
| 2213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2214 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2215 #else |
| 2216 ++oldlen; | |
| 2217 #endif | |
| 2218 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2219 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2220 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2221 } | |
| 2222 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2223 } | |
| 2224 else | |
| 2225 #endif | |
| 2226 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2227 { | |
| 2228 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2230 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2231 #else |
| 2232 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2233 #endif | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2238 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2239 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2240 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2241 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2242 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2243 { | |
| 2244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2245 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2246 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2247 else | |
| 2248 #endif | |
| 2249 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2250 } |
| 2251 } | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2254 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2255 return; | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2258 if (col > 0) | |
| 2259 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2262 p = newp + col; | |
| 2263 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2264 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2267 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2268 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2269 i = charlen; | |
| 2270 #else | |
| 2271 *p = c; | |
| 2272 i = 1; | |
| 2273 #endif | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2276 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2277 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2280 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2283 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 /* | |
| 2286 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2287 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2288 */ | |
| 2289 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2290 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 674 | 2291 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2292 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2293 #endif | |
| 7 | 2294 ) |
| 4029 | 2295 { |
| 2296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2297 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2298 showmatch(mb_ptr2char(buf)); | |
| 2299 else | |
| 2300 #endif | |
| 2301 showmatch(c); | |
| 2302 } | |
| 7 | 2303 |
| 2304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2305 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2306 #endif | |
| 2307 { | |
| 2308 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2309 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2310 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2311 #else | |
| 2312 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2313 #endif | |
| 2314 } | |
| 2315 /* | |
| 2316 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2317 */ | |
| 2318 } | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 /* | |
| 2321 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2322 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2323 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2324 */ | |
| 2325 void | |
| 2326 ins_str(s) | |
| 2327 char_u *s; | |
| 2328 { | |
| 2329 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2330 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2331 int oldlen; | |
| 2332 colnr_T col; | |
| 2333 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2336 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2337 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2338 #endif | |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2341 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2342 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2345 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2346 return; | |
| 2347 if (col > 0) | |
| 2348 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2349 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2350 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2351 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2352 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2353 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2354 } | |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 /* | |
| 2357 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2358 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2359 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2360 * | |
| 2361 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2362 */ | |
| 2363 int | |
| 2364 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2365 int fixpos; | |
| 2366 { | |
| 2367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2368 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2369 { | |
| 2370 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2371 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2372 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2373 return FAIL; | |
| 2374 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2375 } | |
| 2376 #endif | |
| 610 | 2377 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2378 } |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2381 /* | |
| 2382 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2383 */ | |
| 2384 int | |
| 2385 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2386 long count; | |
| 2387 int fixpos; | |
| 2388 { | |
| 2389 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2390 long i; | |
| 2391 char_u *p; | |
| 2392 int l; | |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2395 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2396 { | |
| 474 | 2397 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2398 bytes += l; |
| 2399 p += l; | |
| 2400 } | |
| 610 | 2401 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2402 } |
| 2403 #endif | |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 /* | |
| 2406 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2407 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2408 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2409 * | |
| 2410 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2411 */ | |
| 2412 int | |
| 777 | 2413 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2414 long count; |
| 777 | 2415 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2416 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2417 { |
| 2418 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2419 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2420 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2421 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2422 int was_alloced; | |
| 2423 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2424 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2425 |
| 2426 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2427 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 /* | |
| 2430 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2431 */ | |
| 2432 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2433 return FAIL; | |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2436 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2437 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2438 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2439 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2440 { |
| 714 | 2441 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2442 int n; |
| 2443 | |
| 714 | 2444 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2445 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2446 { |
| 2447 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2448 n = col; | |
| 2449 do | |
| 2450 { | |
| 2451 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2452 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2453 n += count; |
| 2454 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2455 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2456 } | |
| 2457 } | |
| 2458 #endif | |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 /* | |
| 2461 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2462 */ | |
| 2463 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2464 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2465 { | |
| 2466 /* | |
| 2467 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2468 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2469 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2470 */ |
| 777 | 2471 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2472 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2473 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2474 #endif | |
| 2475 ) | |
| 7 | 2476 { |
| 2477 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2478 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2479 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2480 #endif | |
| 2481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2482 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2483 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2484 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2485 #endif | |
| 2486 } | |
| 2487 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2488 movelen = 1; | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 /* | |
| 2492 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2493 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2494 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2495 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2496 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2497 */ |
| 2498 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2499 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2500 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2501 else | |
| 2502 #endif | |
| 2503 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2504 if (was_alloced) |
| 2505 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2506 else | |
| 2507 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2508 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2509 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2510 return FAIL; | |
| 2511 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2512 } | |
| 2513 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2514 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2515 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2518 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 return OK; | |
| 2521 } | |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 /* | |
| 2524 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2525 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2526 * | |
| 2527 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2528 */ | |
| 2529 int | |
| 2530 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2531 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 char_u *newp; | |
| 2534 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2535 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 if (col == 0) | |
| 2538 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2539 else | |
| 2540 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2543 return FAIL; | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2548 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 /* | |
| 2551 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2552 */ | |
| 2553 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2554 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 return OK; | |
| 2557 } | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 /* | |
| 2560 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2561 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2562 */ | |
| 2563 void | |
| 2564 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2565 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2566 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2567 { | |
| 2568 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2569 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2570 |
| 2571 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2572 return; | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2575 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2576 return; |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2581 break; | |
| 2582 | |
| 1929 | 2583 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2584 ++n; |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2587 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2588 break; |
| 2589 } | |
| 1929 | 2590 |
| 2591 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2592 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2593 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2594 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2595 |
| 2596 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2597 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2598 } |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 int | |
| 2601 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2602 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2603 { | |
| 2604 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2607 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2608 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2609 #endif | |
| 2610 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2611 } | |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 int | |
| 2614 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2615 { | |
| 2616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2617 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2618 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2619 #endif | |
| 2620 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2621 } | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 /* | |
| 2624 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2625 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2626 */ | |
| 2627 void | |
| 2628 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2629 int c; | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2632 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2633 } | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 /* | |
| 2636 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2637 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2638 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2639 * the line. | |
| 2640 */ | |
| 2641 int | |
| 2642 inindent(extra) | |
| 2643 int extra; | |
| 2644 { | |
| 2645 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2646 colnr_T col; | |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2649 ++ptr; | |
| 2650 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2651 return TRUE; | |
| 2652 else | |
| 2653 return FALSE; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 /* | |
| 2657 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2658 */ | |
| 2659 char_u * | |
| 2660 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2661 char_u *p; | |
| 2662 { | |
| 2663 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2664 ++p; | |
| 2665 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2666 ++p; | |
| 2667 return p; | |
| 2668 } | |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 /* | |
| 2189 | 2671 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2672 * |
| 2673 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2674 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2675 * |
| 2676 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2677 */ |
| 2678 void | |
| 2679 changed() | |
| 2680 { | |
| 2681 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2682 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2683 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2684 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2685 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2686 return; | |
| 2687 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2688 #endif | |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2691 { | |
| 2692 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2693 | |
| 819 | 2694 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2695 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2696 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2697 |
| 7 | 2698 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2699 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2700 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2701 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2702 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2703 #endif | |
| 2704 ) | |
| 2705 { | |
| 2706 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2709 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2710 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2711 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2712 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2713 { | |
| 2714 out_flush(); | |
| 2715 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2716 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2717 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2718 } | |
| 2719 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2720 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2721 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2722 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2723 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2724 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2725 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2726 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2727 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2728 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2729 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2730 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2731 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2732 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2733 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2734 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2735 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2736 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2737 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2738 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2739 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2740 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2741 |
| 265 | 2742 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2743 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2744 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 /* | |
| 2747 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2748 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2749 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2750 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2751 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2752 */ |
| 2753 void | |
| 2754 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2755 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2756 colnr_T col; | |
| 2757 { | |
| 265 | 2758 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2759 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2760 |
| 2761 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2762 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2763 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2764 { | |
| 2765 win_T *wp; | |
| 2766 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2769 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2770 { | |
| 2771 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2772 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2773 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2774 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2775 } | |
| 2776 } | |
| 2777 #endif | |
| 7 | 2778 } |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 static void | |
| 265 | 2781 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2782 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2783 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2784 { | |
| 265 | 2785 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2786 { |
| 2787 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2788 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2789 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2790 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2791 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2792 } |
| 2793 else | |
| 2794 { | |
| 2795 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2796 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2797 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2798 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2799 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2800 } |
| 2801 } | |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 /* | |
| 2804 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2805 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2806 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2807 */ | |
| 2808 void | |
| 2809 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2810 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2811 long count; | |
| 2812 { | |
| 2813 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2814 } | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 /* | |
| 2817 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2818 */ | |
| 2819 void | |
| 2820 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2821 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2822 long count; | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2825 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2826 } | |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 /* | |
| 2829 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2830 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2831 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2832 */ | |
| 2833 void | |
| 2834 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2835 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2836 long count; | |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2839 } | |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 /* | |
| 2842 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2843 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2844 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2845 */ |
| 2846 void | |
| 2847 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2848 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2849 long count; | |
| 2850 { | |
| 2851 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2852 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2853 } | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 /* | |
| 2856 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2857 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2858 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2859 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2860 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2861 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2862 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2863 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2864 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2865 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2866 */ |
| 2867 void | |
| 2868 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2869 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2870 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2871 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2872 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2873 { | |
| 265 | 2874 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2877 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2878 { | |
| 2879 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2880 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2881 * displaying. */ | |
| 2882 win_T *wp; | |
| 2883 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2886 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2887 { | |
| 2888 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2889 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2890 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2891 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2892 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2893 } | |
| 2894 } | |
| 2895 #endif | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2898 } | |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 static void | |
| 2901 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2902 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2903 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2904 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2905 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2906 { | |
| 2907 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2908 { |
| 2909 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2910 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2911 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2912 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2913 { |
| 2914 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2915 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2916 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2917 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2918 } |
| 265 | 2919 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2920 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2921 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2922 } |
| 2923 else | |
| 2924 { | |
| 2925 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2926 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2927 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2928 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2929 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2930 } | |
| 7 | 2931 } |
| 2932 | |
| 2189 | 2933 /* |
| 2934 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2935 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2936 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2937 */ | |
| 7 | 2938 static void |
| 2939 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2940 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2941 colnr_T col; | |
| 2942 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2943 long xtra; | |
| 2944 { | |
| 2945 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2946 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2947 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2948 #endif | |
| 7 | 2949 int i; |
| 2950 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2951 int cols; | |
| 2952 pos_T *p; | |
| 2953 int add; | |
| 2954 #endif | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2957 changed(); | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2960 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2961 { | |
| 2962 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2963 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2966 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2967 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2968 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2969 { | |
| 2970 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2971 add = TRUE; | |
| 2972 else | |
| 2973 { | |
| 2974 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2975 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2976 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2977 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2978 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 2979 add = TRUE; | |
| 2980 else | |
| 2981 { | |
| 2982 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 2983 if (cols == 0) | |
| 2984 cols = 79; | |
| 2985 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 } | |
| 2988 if (add) | |
| 2989 { | |
| 2990 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 2991 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 2992 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 2993 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 2996 { | |
| 2997 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 2998 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 2999 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 3000 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 3001 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3002 { |
| 3003 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 3004 * this buffer. */ | |
| 3005 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 3006 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 } | |
| 1863 | 3009 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3010 { |
| 3011 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 3012 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 3013 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 3014 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 3015 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3016 } | |
| 3017 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3018 } | |
| 3019 } | |
| 3020 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 3021 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 3022 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 3023 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 3024 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3025 #endif | |
| 3026 } | |
| 3027 | |
| 1863 | 3028 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3029 { |
| 3030 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 3031 { | |
| 3032 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 3033 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 3034 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 3037 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 3038 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3039 /* | |
| 3040 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3041 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3042 */ | |
| 3043 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3046 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3047 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3048 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3049 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3050 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3051 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3052 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3053 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3054 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3055 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3058 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3059 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3060 { | |
| 3061 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3062 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3063 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3064 } | |
| 3065 #endif | |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3068 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3069 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3070 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3071 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3072 { | |
| 3073 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3074 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3075 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3076 } | |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3079 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3080 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3081 * after the change. */ | |
| 3082 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3083 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3084 { | |
| 3085 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3086 { | |
| 3087 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3088 { | |
| 3089 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3090 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3091 } | |
| 3092 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3093 { | |
| 3094 /* line below change */ | |
| 3095 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3096 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3097 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3098 #endif | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 } | |
| 3101 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3102 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3103 { | |
| 3104 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3105 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3106 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 #endif | |
| 3109 } | |
| 1987 | 3110 |
| 3111 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3112 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3113 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3114 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3115 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3116 #endif | |
| 7 | 3117 } |
| 3118 } | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3121 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3122 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3123 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3124 |
| 3125 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3126 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3127 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3128 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3129 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3130 #endif | |
| 7 | 3131 } |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 /* | |
| 3134 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3135 */ | |
| 3136 void | |
| 3137 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3138 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3139 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3140 { | |
| 2685 | 3141 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3142 { |
| 3143 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3144 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3145 if (ff) |
| 3146 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3147 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3148 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3149 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3150 #endif |
| 3151 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3152 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3153 #endif | |
| 3154 } | |
| 3155 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3156 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3157 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3158 #endif | |
| 3159 } | |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3162 /* | |
| 3163 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3164 * need to be updated | |
| 3165 */ | |
| 3166 void | |
| 3167 check_status(buf) | |
| 3168 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3169 { | |
| 3170 win_T *wp; | |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3173 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3176 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3177 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3178 } | |
| 3179 } | |
| 3180 #endif | |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 /* | |
| 3183 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3184 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3185 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3186 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3187 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3188 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3189 */ |
| 3190 void | |
| 3191 change_warning(col) | |
| 3192 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3193 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3194 { | |
| 1848 | 3195 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3196 | |
| 7 | 3197 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3198 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3199 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3200 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3201 #endif | |
| 3202 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3203 { | |
| 3204 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3205 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3206 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3207 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3208 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3209 return; | |
| 3210 #endif | |
| 3211 /* | |
| 3212 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3213 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3214 */ | |
| 3215 msg_start(); | |
| 3216 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3217 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3218 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3219 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3220 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3221 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3222 #endif | |
| 7 | 3223 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3224 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3225 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3226 { | |
| 3227 out_flush(); | |
| 3228 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3231 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3232 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3233 showmode(); | |
| 3234 } | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 /* | |
| 3238 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3239 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3240 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3241 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3242 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3243 * | |
| 3244 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3245 */ | |
| 3246 int | |
| 3247 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3248 char_u *str; | |
| 3249 int direct; | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 int r = ' '; | |
| 3252 int save_State = State; | |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3255 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3256 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3257 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3258 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3259 #endif | |
| 3260 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3261 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3262 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3263 #endif | |
| 3264 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3265 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3268 { | |
| 3269 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3270 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3271 if (direct) | |
| 3272 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3273 else | |
| 1474 | 3274 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3275 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3276 r = 'n'; | |
| 3277 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3278 out_flush(); | |
| 3279 } | |
| 3280 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3281 State = save_State; | |
| 3282 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3283 setmouse(); | |
| 3284 #endif | |
| 3285 --no_mapping; | |
| 3286 --allow_keys; | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 return r; | |
| 3289 } | |
| 3290 | |
| 4221 | 3291 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3292 /* | |
| 3293 * Return TRUE if "c" is a mouse key. | |
| 3294 */ | |
| 3295 int | |
| 3296 is_mouse_key(c) | |
| 3297 int c; | |
| 3298 { | |
| 3299 return c == K_LEFTMOUSE | |
| 3300 || c == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3301 || c == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3302 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3303 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3304 || c == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3305 || c == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3306 || c == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3307 || c == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3308 || c == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3309 || c == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3310 || c == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3311 || c == K_MOUSEUP | |
| 3312 || c == K_MOUSELEFT | |
| 3313 || c == K_MOUSERIGHT | |
| 3314 || c == K_X1MOUSE | |
| 3315 || c == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3316 || c == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3317 || c == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3318 || c == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3319 || c == K_X2RELEASE; | |
| 3320 } | |
| 3321 #endif | |
| 3322 | |
| 7 | 3323 /* |
| 3324 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3325 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3326 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3327 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3328 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3329 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3330 */ | |
| 3331 int | |
| 3332 get_keystroke() | |
| 3333 { | |
| 3328 | 3334 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3335 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3336 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3337 int len = 0; |
| 3338 int n; | |
| 3339 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3340 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3341 |
| 3342 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3343 for (;;) | |
| 3344 { | |
| 3345 cursor_on(); | |
| 3346 out_flush(); | |
| 3347 | |
| 3328 | 3348 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3349 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3350 * bytes. */ | |
| 3351 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3352 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3353 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3354 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3355 { | |
| 3596 | 3356 /* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long |
| 3328 | 3357 * escape sequence. */ |
| 3358 buflen += 100; | |
| 3359 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3360 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3361 } | |
| 3362 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3363 { | |
| 3364 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3365 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3366 } | |
| 3367 | |
| 7 | 3368 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3369 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3370 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3371 if (n > 0) |
| 3372 { | |
| 3373 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3374 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3375 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3376 waited = 0; |
| 3377 } | |
| 3378 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3379 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3382 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3383 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3384 continue; |
| 964 | 3385 |
| 2672 | 3386 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3387 { |
| 2723 | 3388 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3389 { |
| 3390 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3391 update_screen(0); | |
| 3392 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3393 } | |
| 2672 | 3394 continue; |
| 2721 | 3395 } |
| 2672 | 3396 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3397 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3398 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3399 continue; |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3402 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3403 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3404 { | |
| 3405 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3406 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3407 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 4221 | 3408 || (is_mouse_key(n) && n != K_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 3409 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7 | 3410 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR |
| 3411 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3412 #endif | |
| 3413 ) | |
| 3414 { | |
| 3415 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3416 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3417 len -= 3; | |
| 3418 if (len > 0) | |
| 3419 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3420 continue; | |
| 3421 } | |
| 828 | 3422 break; |
| 7 | 3423 } |
| 3424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3425 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3428 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3429 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3430 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3431 } | |
| 3432 #endif | |
| 3433 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3434 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3435 n = ESC; | |
| 3436 #endif | |
| 3437 break; | |
| 3438 } | |
| 3328 | 3439 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3440 |
| 3441 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3442 return n; | |
| 3443 } | |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 /* | |
| 374 | 3446 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3447 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3448 */ |
| 3449 int | |
| 374 | 3450 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3451 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3452 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3453 { |
| 3454 int n = 0; | |
| 3455 int c; | |
| 810 | 3456 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3457 |
| 374 | 3458 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3459 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3460 | |
| 7 | 3461 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3462 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3463 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3464 return 0; | |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3467 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3468 #endif | |
| 3469 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3470 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3471 for (;;) | |
| 3472 { | |
| 3473 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3474 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3475 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3476 { | |
| 3477 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3478 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3479 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3480 } |
| 3481 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3482 { | |
| 810 | 3483 if (typed > 0) |
| 3484 { | |
| 3485 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3486 --typed; | |
| 3487 } | |
| 7 | 3488 n /= 10; |
| 3489 } | |
| 374 | 3490 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3491 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3492 { | |
| 3493 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3494 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3495 break; | |
| 3496 } | |
| 3497 #endif | |
| 7 | 3498 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3499 { | |
| 3500 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3501 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3502 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3503 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3504 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3505 break; | |
| 3506 } | |
| 3507 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3508 break; | |
| 3509 } | |
| 3510 --no_mapping; | |
| 3511 --allow_keys; | |
| 3512 return n; | |
| 3513 } | |
| 3514 | |
| 323 | 3515 /* |
| 3516 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3517 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3518 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3519 */ |
| 3520 int | |
| 374 | 3521 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3522 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3523 { |
| 3524 int i; | |
| 344 | 3525 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3526 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3527 |
| 3528 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3529 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3530 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3531 else |
| 1733 | 3532 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3533 |
| 957 | 3534 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3535 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3536 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3537 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3538 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3539 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3540 |
| 3541 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3542 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3543 { | |
| 3544 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3545 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3546 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3547 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3548 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3549 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3550 } |
| 344 | 3551 else |
| 3552 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3553 State = save_State; | |
| 3554 | |
| 323 | 3555 return i; |
| 3556 } | |
| 3557 | |
| 7 | 3558 void |
| 3559 msgmore(n) | |
| 3560 long n; | |
| 3561 { | |
| 3562 long pn; | |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3565 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3566 return; | |
| 3567 | |
| 135 | 3568 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3569 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3570 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3571 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3572 return; | |
| 3573 | |
| 7 | 3574 if (n > 0) |
| 3575 pn = n; | |
| 3576 else | |
| 3577 pn = -n; | |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3580 { | |
| 3581 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3582 { | |
| 3583 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3584 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3585 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3586 else |
| 2768 | 3587 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3588 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3589 } |
| 3590 else | |
| 3591 { | |
| 3592 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3593 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3594 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3595 else |
| 2768 | 3596 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3597 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3598 } |
| 3599 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3600 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3601 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3602 { | |
| 680 | 3603 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3604 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3605 } |
| 3606 } | |
| 3607 } | |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 /* | |
| 3610 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3611 */ | |
| 3612 void | |
| 3613 beep_flush() | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3616 { | |
| 3617 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3618 vim_beep(); | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 /* | |
| 3623 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3624 */ | |
| 3625 void | |
| 3626 vim_beep() | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 if (p_vb | |
| 3631 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3632 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3633 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3634 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3635 #endif | |
| 3636 ) | |
| 3637 { | |
| 3638 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3639 } | |
| 3640 else | |
| 3641 { | |
| 3642 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3643 /* | |
| 3644 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3645 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3646 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3647 */ | |
| 3648 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3649 { | |
| 3650 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3651 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3652 } | |
| 3653 else | |
| 3654 ++beep_count; | |
| 3655 #else | |
| 3656 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3657 #endif | |
| 3658 } | |
| 169 | 3659 |
| 3660 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3661 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3662 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3663 { | |
| 3664 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3665 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3666 } | |
| 7 | 3667 } |
| 3668 } | |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 /* | |
| 3671 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3672 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3673 * For Unix: | |
| 3674 * - go to that directory | |
| 3675 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3676 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3677 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3678 */ | |
| 3679 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 void | |
| 3682 init_homedir() | |
| 3683 { | |
| 3684 char_u *var; | |
| 3685 | |
| 170 | 3686 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3687 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3688 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3689 | |
| 7 | 3690 #ifdef VMS |
| 3691 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3692 #else | |
| 3693 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3694 #endif | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3697 var = NULL; | |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3700 /* | |
| 3701 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3702 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3703 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3704 */ | |
| 3705 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3706 { | |
| 3707 char_u *p; | |
| 3708 char_u *exp; | |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3711 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3712 { | |
| 419 | 3713 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3714 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3715 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3716 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3717 { | |
| 274 | 3718 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3719 var = NameBuff; |
| 3720 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3721 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3722 } | |
| 3723 } | |
| 3724 } | |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 /* | |
| 3727 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3728 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3729 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3730 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3731 */ | |
| 3732 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3733 { | |
| 3734 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3737 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3738 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3739 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3740 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3741 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3742 { | |
| 3743 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3744 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3745 { | |
| 3746 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3747 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3748 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3749 } | |
| 3750 } | |
| 3751 } | |
| 170 | 3752 |
| 3753 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3754 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3755 { | |
| 3756 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3757 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3758 |
| 3759 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3760 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3761 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3762 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 homedir = pp; | |
| 3765 return; | |
| 3766 } | |
| 3767 } | |
| 3768 # endif | |
| 7 | 3769 #endif |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3772 /* | |
| 3773 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3774 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3775 */ | |
| 3776 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3777 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3778 #endif | |
| 3779 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3780 { | |
| 3781 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3782 /* | |
| 3783 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3784 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3785 */ | |
| 3786 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3787 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3788 { | |
| 3789 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3790 var = IObuff; | |
| 3791 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3792 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3793 } | |
| 3794 #endif | |
| 3795 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3796 } | |
| 3797 } | |
| 3798 | |
| 359 | 3799 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3800 void | |
| 3801 free_homedir() | |
| 3802 { | |
| 3803 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3804 } | |
| 3744 | 3805 |
| 3806 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
| 3807 void | |
| 3808 free_users() | |
| 3809 { | |
| 3810 ga_clear_strings(&ga_users); | |
| 3811 } | |
| 3812 # endif | |
| 359 | 3813 #endif |
| 3814 | |
| 7 | 3815 /* |
| 1408 | 3816 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3817 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3818 * again soon. | |
| 3819 */ | |
| 3820 char_u * | |
| 3821 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3822 char_u *src; | |
| 3823 { | |
| 3824 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 /* | |
| 3828 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3829 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3830 */ | |
| 3831 char_u * | |
| 3832 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3833 char_u *src; | |
| 3834 int one; | |
| 3835 { | |
| 3836 char_u *p; | |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3839 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3840 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3841 return p; | |
| 3842 } | |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 /* | |
| 7 | 3845 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3846 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3847 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3848 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3849 */ | |
| 3850 void | |
| 3851 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3852 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3853 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3854 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3855 { | |
| 1408 | 3856 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3857 } |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 void | |
| 1408 | 3860 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3861 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3862 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3863 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3864 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3865 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3866 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3867 { | |
| 3868 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3869 char_u *tail; |
| 3870 int c; | |
| 3871 char_u *var; | |
| 3872 int copy_char; | |
| 3873 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3874 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3875 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3878 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3879 |
| 3880 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3881 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3882 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3885 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3886 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3887 && at_start | |
| 3888 #endif | |
| 3889 ) | |
| 7 | 3890 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3891 || *src == '%' | |
| 3892 #endif | |
| 3893 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3894 { | |
| 3895 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 /* | |
| 3898 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3899 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3900 */ | |
| 3901 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3902 { | |
| 3903 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3904 var = dst; | |
| 3905 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3908 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3909 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3910 { | |
| 3911 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3912 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3913 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 else | |
| 3916 #endif | |
| 3917 { | |
| 3918 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3919 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3920 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3921 #endif | |
| 3922 )) | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3925 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3926 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3927 #else | |
| 3928 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3929 #endif | |
| 3930 } | |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3934 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3935 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3936 # else | |
| 3937 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3938 # endif | |
| 3939 var = NULL; | |
| 3940 else | |
| 3941 { | |
| 3942 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3943 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3944 # else | |
| 3945 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3946 #endif | |
| 3947 ++tail; | |
| 3948 #endif | |
| 3949 *var = NUL; | |
| 3950 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3951 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 #endif | |
| 3954 } | |
| 3955 /* home directory */ | |
| 3956 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3957 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3958 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 var = homedir; | |
| 3961 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3962 } | |
| 3963 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3966 /* | |
| 3967 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3968 */ | |
| 3969 tail = src; | |
| 3970 var = dst; | |
| 3971 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3972 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3973 && *tail | |
| 3974 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3975 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3976 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3977 *var = NUL; | |
| 3978 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3979 /* | |
| 3980 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3981 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3982 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3983 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3984 */ | |
| 3985 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3986 { | |
| 3987 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 3988 | |
| 626 | 3989 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 3990 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 3991 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 3992 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 3993 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 3994 else | |
| 3995 var = NULL; | |
| 3996 } | |
| 3997 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3998 # endif | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 expand_T xpc; | |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 4003 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 4004 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 4005 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 4006 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4007 } | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 4010 /* | |
| 4011 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 4012 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 4013 */ | |
| 4014 { | |
| 4015 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4016 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 4017 struct stat st; | |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 4020 next_path = paths; | |
| 4021 while (*next_path) | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 4024 next_path++); | |
| 4025 if (*next_path) | |
| 4026 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 4027 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 4028 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 4029 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 4030 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 4031 { | |
| 4032 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 4033 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 4034 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4035 break; | |
| 4036 } | |
| 4037 } | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 4040 #else | |
| 4041 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 4042 var = NULL; | |
| 4043 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 4044 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4048 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 4049 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 4050 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 4051 { | |
| 4052 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 if (mustfree) | |
| 4057 vim_free(var); | |
| 4058 var = p; | |
| 4059 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4060 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4061 } | |
| 4062 } | |
| 4063 #endif | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4066 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4067 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4068 { | |
| 4069 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4072 { | |
| 4073 if (mustfree) | |
| 4074 vim_free(var); | |
| 4075 var = p; | |
| 4076 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4077 } | |
| 4078 } | |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4081 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4082 { | |
| 4083 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4084 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4085 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4086 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4087 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4088 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4089 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4090 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4091 #endif | |
| 4092 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4093 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4094 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4095 src = tail; |
| 4096 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4097 } | |
| 4098 if (mustfree) | |
| 4099 vim_free(var); | |
| 4100 } | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4103 { | |
| 4104 /* | |
| 1224 | 4105 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4106 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4107 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4108 */ |
| 4109 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4110 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4111 { | |
| 4112 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4113 --dstlen; | |
| 4114 } | |
| 1408 | 4115 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4116 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4117 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4118 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4119 |
| 4120 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4121 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4122 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4123 } |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4126 } | |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 /* | |
| 4129 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4130 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4131 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4132 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4133 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4134 */ |
| 4135 char_u * | |
| 4136 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4137 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4138 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4139 { |
| 4140 char_u *p; | |
| 4141 char_u *pend; | |
| 4142 int vimruntime; | |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4145 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4146 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4147 return homedir; | |
| 4148 #endif | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4151 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4152 p = NULL; | |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4155 { |
| 4156 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4157 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4158 { | |
| 4159 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4160 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4161 |
| 4162 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4163 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4164 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4165 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 p = pp; | |
| 4168 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4169 } | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 #endif | |
| 7 | 4172 return p; |
| 170 | 4173 } |
| 7 | 4174 |
| 4175 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4176 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4177 return NULL; | |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 /* | |
| 4180 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4181 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4182 */ | |
| 4183 if (vimruntime | |
| 4184 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4185 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4186 #endif | |
| 4187 ) | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4190 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4191 p = NULL; | |
| 4192 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4193 { | |
| 4194 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4195 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4196 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4197 else | |
| 4198 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4199 |
| 4200 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4201 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4202 { | |
| 4203 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4204 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4205 |
| 4206 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4207 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4208 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4209 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4210 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4211 { | |
| 2786 | 4212 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4213 vim_free(p); |
| 4214 p = pp; | |
| 4215 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 } | |
| 4218 #endif | |
| 7 | 4219 } |
| 4220 } | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 /* | |
| 4223 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4224 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4225 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4226 */ | |
| 4227 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4228 { | |
| 4229 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4230 p = p_hf; | |
| 4231 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4232 /* | |
| 4233 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4234 */ | |
| 4235 else | |
| 4236 p = exe_name; | |
| 4237 #endif | |
| 4238 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4239 { | |
| 4240 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4241 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4244 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4245 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4248 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4249 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4250 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4251 { | |
| 4252 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4253 char_u *pnew; |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4256 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4257 { | |
| 4258 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4259 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4260 { | |
| 4261 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4262 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4263 p = pnew; | |
| 4264 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4265 } | |
| 4266 } | |
| 7 | 4267 } |
| 4268 # endif | |
| 4269 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4270 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4271 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4272 #endif | |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4275 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4276 { | |
| 4277 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4278 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4279 } | |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4282 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4283 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4284 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4285 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4286 --pend; |
| 4287 #endif | |
| 4288 | |
| 768 | 4289 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4290 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4291 #endif | |
| 4292 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4293 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4294 |
| 4295 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4296 { | |
| 4297 vim_free(p); | |
| 4298 p = NULL; | |
| 4299 } | |
| 4300 else | |
| 4301 { | |
| 4302 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4303 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4304 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4305 { | |
| 4306 vim_free(p); | |
| 4307 p = pend; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 #endif | |
| 4310 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4311 } | |
| 4312 } | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4316 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4317 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4318 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4319 { | |
| 4320 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4321 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4322 { | |
| 4323 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4324 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4325 } | |
| 4326 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4329 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4330 else | |
| 4331 { | |
| 4332 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4333 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4334 } | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 #endif | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 /* | |
| 4340 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4341 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4342 */ | |
| 4343 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4346 { | |
| 4347 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4348 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 else | |
| 4351 { | |
| 4352 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4353 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4354 } | |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 return p; | |
| 4357 } | |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 /* | |
| 4360 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4361 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4362 */ | |
| 4363 static char_u * | |
| 4364 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4365 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4366 { | |
| 4367 char_u *p; | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4370 return NULL; | |
| 4371 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4372 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4373 return p; | |
| 4374 vim_free(p); | |
| 4375 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4376 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4377 return p; | |
| 4378 vim_free(p); | |
| 4379 return NULL; | |
| 4380 } | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 /* | |
| 4383 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4384 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4385 */ | |
| 4386 static char_u * | |
| 4387 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4388 char_u *p; | |
| 4389 char_u *pend; | |
| 4390 char_u *name; | |
| 4391 { | |
| 4392 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4393 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 if (newend >= p | |
| 4396 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4397 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4398 return newend; |
| 4399 return pend; | |
| 4400 } | |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 /* | |
| 4403 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4404 */ | |
| 4405 void | |
| 4406 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4407 char_u *name; | |
| 4408 char_u *val; | |
| 4409 { | |
| 4410 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4411 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4412 #else | |
| 4413 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 /* | |
| 4416 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4417 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4418 */ | |
| 4419 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4420 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4421 { | |
| 4422 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4423 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4424 } | |
| 4425 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4426 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4427 /* | |
| 4428 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4429 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4430 */ | |
| 4431 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4432 { | |
| 4433 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4436 { | |
| 4437 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4438 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4439 } | |
| 4440 } | |
| 4441 #endif | |
| 7 | 4442 } |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4445 /* | |
| 4446 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4447 */ | |
| 4448 char_u * | |
| 4449 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4450 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4451 int idx; |
| 4452 { | |
| 4453 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4454 /* | |
| 4455 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4456 */ | |
| 4457 return NULL; | |
| 4458 # else | |
| 4459 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4460 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4461 extern char **environ; | |
| 4462 # endif | |
| 17 | 4463 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4464 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4465 char_u *str; |
| 4466 int n; | |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4469 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4470 return NULL; | |
| 4471 | |
| 17 | 4472 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4473 { |
| 4474 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4475 break; | |
| 4476 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4477 } | |
| 4478 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4479 return name; | |
| 4480 # endif | |
| 4481 } | |
| 3744 | 4482 |
| 4483 /* | |
| 4484 * Find all user names for user completion. | |
| 4485 * Done only once and then cached. | |
| 4486 */ | |
| 4487 static void | |
| 4488 init_users() { | |
| 4489 static int lazy_init_done = FALSE; | |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 if (lazy_init_done) | |
| 4492 return; | |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 lazy_init_done = TRUE; | |
| 4495 ga_init2(&ga_users, sizeof(char_u *), 20); | |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWENT) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4498 { | |
| 4499 char_u* user; | |
| 4500 struct passwd* pw; | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 setpwent(); | |
| 4503 while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL) | |
| 4504 /* pw->pw_name shouldn't be NULL but just in case... */ | |
| 4505 if (pw->pw_name != NULL) | |
| 4506 { | |
| 4507 if (ga_grow(&ga_users, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 4508 break; | |
| 4509 user = vim_strsave((char_u*)pw->pw_name); | |
| 4510 if (user == NULL) | |
| 4511 break; | |
| 4512 ((char_u **)(ga_users.ga_data))[ga_users.ga_len++] = user; | |
| 4513 } | |
| 4514 endpwent(); | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 # endif | |
| 4517 } | |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 /* | |
| 4520 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an user names. | |
| 4521 */ | |
| 4522 char_u* | |
| 4523 get_users(xp, idx) | |
| 4524 expand_T *xp UNUSED; | |
| 4525 int idx; | |
| 4526 { | |
| 4527 init_users(); | |
| 4528 if (idx < ga_users.ga_len) | |
| 4529 return ((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[idx]; | |
| 4530 return NULL; | |
| 4531 } | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 /* | |
| 4534 * Check whether name matches a user name. Return: | |
| 4535 * 0 if name does not match any user name. | |
| 4536 * 1 if name partially matches the beginning of a user name. | |
| 4537 * 2 is name fully matches a user name. | |
| 4538 */ | |
| 4539 int match_user(name) | |
| 4540 char_u* name; | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 int i; | |
| 4543 int n = (int)STRLEN(name); | |
| 4544 int result = 0; | |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 init_users(); | |
| 4547 for (i = 0; i < ga_users.ga_len; i++) | |
| 4548 { | |
| 4549 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name) == 0) | |
| 4550 return 2; /* full match */ | |
| 4551 if (STRNCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name, n) == 0) | |
| 4552 result = 1; /* partial match */ | |
| 4553 } | |
| 4554 return result; | |
| 4555 } | |
| 7 | 4556 #endif |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 /* | |
| 4559 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4560 * 'src'. | |
| 4561 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4562 */ | |
| 4563 void | |
| 4564 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4565 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4566 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4567 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4568 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4569 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4570 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4571 { | |
| 4572 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4573 size_t len; | |
| 3598 | 4574 char_u *homedir_env, *homedir_env_orig; |
| 7 | 4575 char_u *p; |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4578 { | |
| 4579 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4580 return; | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 /* | |
| 4584 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4585 */ | |
| 4586 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4587 { | |
| 4588 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4589 return; | |
| 4590 } | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 /* | |
| 4593 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4594 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4595 */ | |
| 4596 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4597 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3598 | 4600 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); |
| 7 | 4601 #else |
| 3598 | 4602 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); |
| 4603 #endif | |
| 3658 | 4604 /* Empty is the same as not set. */ |
| 4605 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4606 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4607 | |
| 3598 | 4608 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(WIN3264) |
| 3658 | 4609 if (homedir_env != NULL && vim_strchr(homedir_env, '~') != NULL) |
| 3598 | 4610 { |
| 4611 int usedlen = 0; | |
| 4612 int flen; | |
| 4613 char_u *fbuf = NULL; | |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 3608 | 4616 (void)modify_fname((char_u *)":p", &usedlen, |
| 4617 &homedir_env, &fbuf, &flen); | |
| 3598 | 4618 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); |
| 4619 if (flen > 0 && vim_ispathsep(homedir_env[flen - 1])) | |
| 4620 /* Remove the trailing / that is added to a directory. */ | |
| 4621 homedir_env[flen - 1] = NUL; | |
| 4622 } | |
| 7 | 4623 #endif |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4626 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 if (!one) | |
| 4629 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4630 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4631 { | |
| 4632 /* | |
| 4633 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4634 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4635 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4636 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4637 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4638 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4639 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4640 */ | |
| 4641 p = homedir; | |
| 4642 len = dirlen; | |
| 4643 for (;;) | |
| 4644 { | |
| 4645 if ( len | |
| 4646 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4647 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4648 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4649 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4650 { | |
| 4651 src += len; | |
| 4652 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4653 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 /* | |
| 4656 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4657 */ | |
| 4658 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4659 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4660 break; | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4663 break; | |
| 4664 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4665 len = envlen; | |
| 4666 } | |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4669 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4670 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4671 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4672 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4673 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4674 } | |
| 4675 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3598 | 4678 |
| 4679 if (homedir_env != homedir_env_orig) | |
| 4680 vim_free(homedir_env); | |
| 7 | 4681 } |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 /* | |
| 4684 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4685 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4686 */ | |
| 4687 char_u * | |
| 4688 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4689 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4690 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4691 { | |
| 4692 char_u *dst; | |
| 4693 unsigned len; | |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4696 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4697 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4698 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4699 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4700 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4701 return dst; | |
| 4702 } | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 /* | |
| 4705 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4706 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4707 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4708 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4709 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4710 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4711 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4712 */ | |
| 4713 int | |
| 4714 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4715 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4716 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4717 { | |
| 4718 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4719 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4720 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4721 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4722 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4723 int r1, r2; | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4726 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4727 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4728 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4729 { | |
| 4730 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4731 if (checkname) | |
| 4732 { | |
| 4733 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4734 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4735 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4736 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4737 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4738 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4739 } | |
| 4740 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4743 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4744 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4745 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4746 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4747 #else | |
| 4748 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4749 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4750 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4751 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4752 int r1, r2; | |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4755 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4756 { | |
| 4757 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4758 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4761 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4762 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4765 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4768 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4769 else | |
| 4770 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4771 } | |
| 4772 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4773 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4774 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4775 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4776 else | |
| 4777 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4778 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4779 } | |
| 4780 return retval; | |
| 4781 #endif | |
| 4782 } | |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 /* | |
| 10 | 4785 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4786 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4787 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4788 */ |
| 4789 char_u * | |
| 4790 gettail(fname) | |
| 4791 char_u *fname; | |
| 4792 { | |
| 4793 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4796 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4797 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4798 { | |
| 4799 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4800 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4801 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4802 } |
| 4803 return p1; | |
| 4804 } | |
| 4805 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4806 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4807 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4808 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4809 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4810 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4811 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4812 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4813 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4814 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4815 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4816 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4817 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4818 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4819 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4820 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4821 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4822 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4823 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4824 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4825 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4826 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4827 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4828 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4829 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4830 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4831 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4832 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4833 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4834 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4835 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4836 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4837 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4838 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4839 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4840 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4841 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4842 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4843 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4844 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4845 |
| 7 | 4846 /* |
| 39 | 4847 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4848 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4849 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4850 */ | |
| 4851 char_u * | |
| 4852 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4853 char_u *fname; | |
| 4854 { | |
| 4855 char_u *p; | |
| 4856 char_u *t; | |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4859 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4860 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4861 --t; | |
| 4862 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4863 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4864 ++t; | |
| 4865 #endif | |
| 4866 return t; | |
| 4867 } | |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 /* | |
| 7 | 4870 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4871 */ | |
| 4872 char_u * | |
| 4873 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4874 char_u *fname; | |
| 4875 { | |
| 4876 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4877 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4878 if (*fname) |
| 4879 ++fname; | |
| 4880 return fname; | |
| 4881 } | |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 /* | |
| 4884 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4885 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4886 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4887 */ | |
| 4888 char_u * | |
| 4889 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4890 char_u *path; | |
| 4891 { | |
| 4892 char_u *retval; | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4895 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4896 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4897 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4898 else | |
| 4899 retval = path; | |
| 4900 #else | |
| 4901 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4902 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4903 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4904 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4905 retval = path; | |
| 4906 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4907 retval = path; | |
| 4908 # endif | |
| 4909 #endif | |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4912 ++retval; | |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 return retval; | |
| 4915 } | |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 /* | |
| 4918 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4919 */ | |
| 4920 int | |
| 4921 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4922 int c; | |
| 4923 { | |
| 2823 | 4924 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 4925 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 4926 #else |
| 4927 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 4928 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 4929 # else |
| 4930 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 4931 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 4932 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4933 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 4934 # else |
| 7 | 4935 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 4936 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 4937 # endif |
| 2823 | 4938 #endif |
| 7 | 4939 } |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4942 /* | |
| 4943 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4944 */ | |
| 4945 int | |
| 4946 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4947 int c; | |
| 4948 { | |
| 4949 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4950 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4951 #else | |
| 1224 | 4952 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4953 #endif |
| 4954 } | |
| 4955 #endif | |
| 4956 | |
| 819 | 4957 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4958 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4959 /* | |
| 4960 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4961 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4962 */ | |
| 4963 void | |
| 4964 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4965 char_u *str; | |
| 4966 { | |
| 4967 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4968 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4971 d = str; | |
| 4972 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4973 { | |
| 4974 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4975 { | |
| 4976 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4977 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4978 break; | |
| 4979 } | |
| 4980 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4983 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4984 } | |
| 4985 else if (!skip) | |
| 4986 { | |
| 4987 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 4988 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 4989 skip = TRUE; | |
| 4990 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4991 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4992 { | |
| 4993 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 4996 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 4997 } |
| 4998 # endif | |
| 4999 } | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 } | |
| 5002 #endif | |
| 5003 | |
| 594 | 5004 /* |
| 5005 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 5006 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 5007 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 5008 */ | |
| 5009 int | |
| 5010 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 5011 char_u *fname; | |
| 5012 { | |
| 5013 char_u *p; | |
| 5014 int c; | |
| 5015 int retval; | |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 5018 if (p == fname) | |
| 5019 return TRUE; | |
| 5020 c = *p; | |
| 5021 *p = NUL; | |
| 5022 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 5023 *p = c; | |
| 5024 return retval; | |
| 5025 } | |
| 5026 | |
| 7 | 5027 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \ |
| 5028 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5029 /* | |
| 5030 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally. | |
| 5031 */ | |
| 5032 int | |
| 5033 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 5034 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5035 { | |
| 5036 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 int | |
| 5040 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 5041 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5042 size_t len; | |
| 5043 { | |
| 5044 while (len > 0 && *x && *y) | |
| 5045 { | |
| 5046 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y) | |
| 5047 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\') | |
| 5048 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/')) | |
| 5049 break; | |
| 5050 ++x; | |
| 5051 ++y; | |
| 5052 --len; | |
| 5053 } | |
| 5054 if (len == 0) | |
| 5055 return 0; | |
| 5056 return (*x - *y); | |
| 5057 } | |
| 5058 #endif | |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 /* | |
| 5061 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 5062 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 5063 */ |
| 5064 char_u * | |
| 5065 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 5066 char_u *fname1; | |
| 5067 char_u *fname2; | |
| 5068 int sep; | |
| 5069 { | |
| 5070 char_u *dest; | |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 5073 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5074 { | |
| 5075 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 5076 if (sep) | |
| 5077 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 5078 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 5079 } | |
| 5080 return dest; | |
| 5081 } | |
| 5082 | |
| 115 | 5083 /* |
| 5084 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 5085 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5086 */ | |
| 5087 char_u * | |
| 5088 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 5089 char_u *str1; | |
| 5090 char_u *str2; | |
| 5091 { | |
| 5092 char_u *dest; | |
| 5093 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 5096 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5097 { | |
| 5098 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 5099 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 5100 } | |
| 5101 return dest; | |
| 5102 } | |
| 5103 | |
| 7 | 5104 /* |
| 5105 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 5106 * separator. | |
| 5107 */ | |
| 5108 void | |
| 5109 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 5110 char_u *p; | |
| 5111 { | |
| 39 | 5112 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 5113 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 5114 } | |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 /* | |
| 5117 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 5118 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5119 */ | |
| 5120 char_u * | |
| 5121 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 5122 char_u *fname; | |
| 3584 | 5123 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks |
| 5124 * like a full path name */ | |
| 7 | 5125 { |
| 5126 char_u *buf; | |
| 5127 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 5130 return NULL; | |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 5133 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5134 { | |
| 5135 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 5136 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 5137 else | |
| 5138 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 5139 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 return new_fname; | |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 /* | |
| 5149 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 5150 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5151 */ | |
| 5152 pos_T * | |
| 5153 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5154 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5155 { | |
| 5156 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5157 char_u *line; | |
| 5158 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5159 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 for (;;) | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5164 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5165 break; | |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 /* | |
| 5168 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5169 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5170 */ | |
| 5171 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5172 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5173 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5174 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5175 break; |
| 5176 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5177 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 pos = NULL; | |
| 5180 break; | |
| 5181 } | |
| 5182 } | |
| 7 | 5183 return pos; |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 /* | |
| 5187 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 5188 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5189 */ | |
| 5190 static char_u * | |
| 5191 skip_string(p) | |
| 5192 char_u *p; | |
| 5193 { | |
| 5194 int i; | |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 /* | |
| 5197 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5198 */ | |
| 5199 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5200 { | |
| 5201 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5204 break; | |
| 5205 i = 2; | |
| 5206 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5207 { | |
| 5208 ++i; | |
| 5209 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5210 ++i; | |
| 5211 } | |
| 5212 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5213 { | |
| 5214 p += i; | |
| 5215 continue; | |
| 5216 } | |
| 5217 } | |
| 5218 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5219 { | |
| 5220 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5221 { | |
| 5222 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5223 ++p; | |
| 5224 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5225 break; | |
| 5226 } | |
| 5227 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5228 continue; | |
| 5229 } | |
| 5230 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5231 } | |
| 5232 if (!*p) | |
| 5233 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5234 return p; | |
| 5235 } | |
| 5236 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 /* | |
| 5241 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5242 */ | |
| 5243 void | |
| 5244 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5245 { | |
| 5246 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5247 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5248 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5249 else | |
| 5250 # endif | |
| 5251 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 /* | |
| 5255 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5256 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5257 */ | |
| 5258 /* | |
| 5259 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5260 */ | |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5263 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5264 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5265 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 5266 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5267 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5268 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5269 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 5270 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5271 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5272 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5273 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5274 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5275 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5276 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5277 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3220 | 5278 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T, int, int)); |
| 7 | 5279 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5280 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5281 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5282 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 3461 | 5283 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 829 | 5284 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 5285 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 5286 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 5287 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 5288 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4184 | 5289 static int cin_starts_with __ARGS((char_u *s, char *word)); |
| 7 | 5290 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); |
| 5291 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 5292 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5293 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 5294 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 5295 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 2857 | 5296 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5297 |
| 1096 | 5298 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 5299 | |
| 7 | 5300 /* |
| 5301 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5302 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5303 */ |
| 5304 static char_u * | |
| 5305 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5306 char_u *s; | |
| 5307 { | |
| 5308 while (*s) | |
| 5309 { | |
| 1096 | 5310 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5311 | |
| 7 | 5312 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5313 |
| 5314 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5315 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5316 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 5317 { | |
| 5318 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5319 break; | |
| 5320 } | |
| 7 | 5321 if (*s != '/') |
| 5322 break; | |
| 5323 ++s; | |
| 5324 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5325 { | |
| 5326 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5327 break; | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5330 break; | |
| 5331 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5332 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5333 { | |
| 5334 s += 2; | |
| 5335 break; | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 } | |
| 5338 return s; | |
| 5339 } | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 /* | |
| 2805 | 5342 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5343 * not considered code. |
| 5344 */ | |
| 5345 static int | |
| 5346 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5347 char_u *s; | |
| 5348 { | |
| 5349 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5350 } | |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 /* | |
| 5353 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5354 */ | |
| 5355 static pos_T * | |
| 5356 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5357 { | |
| 5358 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5359 char_u *line; | |
| 5360 char_u *p; | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5363 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5364 { | |
| 5365 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5366 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5367 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5368 { | |
| 5369 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5370 return &pos; | |
| 5371 } | |
| 5372 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5373 break; | |
| 5374 } | |
| 5375 return NULL; | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 /* | |
| 5379 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5380 */ | |
| 5381 static int | |
| 5382 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5383 char_u **s; | |
| 5384 { | |
| 5385 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5386 return FALSE; | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5389 (*s)++; | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5394 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5395 } | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 /* | |
| 5398 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5399 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5400 */ | |
| 5401 int | |
| 5402 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5403 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5404 { | |
| 5405 char_u *s; | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 /* | |
| 5410 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5411 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5412 */ | |
| 5413 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5414 return FALSE; | |
| 5415 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5416 return FALSE; | |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5419 { | |
| 5420 /* | |
| 5421 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5422 * label. | |
| 5423 */ | |
| 5424 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5425 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5426 char_u *line; | |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5429 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5430 { | |
| 5431 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 /* | |
| 5434 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5435 */ | |
| 5436 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5437 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5438 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5439 | |
| 5440 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5441 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5442 continue; | |
| 5443 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5444 continue; | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5447 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5448 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5449 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5450 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5451 return TRUE; | |
| 5452 return FALSE; | |
| 5453 } | |
| 5454 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5455 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5456 } | |
| 5457 return FALSE; | |
| 5458 } | |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 /* | |
| 4184 | 5461 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations: |
| 5462 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] enum" | |
| 5463 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] = {" | |
| 7 | 5464 */ |
| 5465 static int | |
| 5466 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5467 { | |
| 5468 char_u *s; | |
| 4184 | 5469 static char *skip[] = {"static", "public", "protected", "private"}; |
| 7 | 5470 |
| 5471 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5472 | |
| 4184 | 5473 if (cin_starts_with(s, "typedef")) |
| 7 | 5474 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); |
| 5475 | |
| 4184 | 5476 for (;;) |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 int i, l; | |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(skip) / sizeof(char *)); ++i) | |
| 5481 { | |
| 4207 | 5482 l = (int)strlen(skip[i]); |
| 4184 | 5483 if (cin_starts_with(s, skip[i])) |
| 5484 { | |
| 5485 s = cin_skipcomment(s + l); | |
| 5486 l = 0; | |
| 5487 break; | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 } | |
| 5490 if (l != 0) | |
| 5491 break; | |
| 5492 } | |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 if (cin_starts_with(s, "enum")) | |
| 7 | 5495 return TRUE; |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5498 return TRUE; | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 return FALSE; | |
| 5501 } | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 /* | |
| 5504 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5505 */ | |
| 5506 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5507 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5508 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5509 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5510 { |
| 5511 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 4184 | 5512 if (cin_starts_with(s, "case")) |
| 7 | 5513 { |
| 5514 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5515 { | |
| 5516 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5517 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5518 { | |
| 5519 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5520 ++s; | |
| 5521 else | |
| 5522 return TRUE; | |
| 5523 } | |
| 5524 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5525 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5526 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5527 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5528 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5529 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5530 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5531 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5532 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5533 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5534 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5535 } |
| 7 | 5536 } |
| 5537 return FALSE; | |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5541 return TRUE; | |
| 5542 return FALSE; | |
| 5543 } | |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 /* | |
| 5546 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5547 */ | |
| 5548 static int | |
| 5549 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5550 char_u *s; | |
| 5551 { | |
| 5552 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5553 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5554 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5555 } | |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5558 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5559 */ |
| 5560 int | |
| 5561 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5562 char_u *s; | |
| 5563 { | |
| 5564 int i; | |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5567 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5568 i = 6; | |
| 5569 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5570 i = 9; | |
| 5571 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5572 i = 7; | |
| 5573 else | |
| 5574 return FALSE; | |
| 5575 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5576 } | |
| 5577 | |
| 2857 | 5578 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5579 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 /* | |
| 5582 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5583 */ | |
| 5584 static int | |
| 5585 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5586 char_u *s; | |
| 5587 { | |
| 5588 char_u *p; | |
| 5589 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5592 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5593 { | |
| 5594 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5595 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5596 { | |
| 5597 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5598 { | |
| 5599 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5600 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5603 { | |
| 5604 break; | |
| 5605 } | |
| 5606 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5607 { | |
| 5608 if (has_name) | |
| 5609 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5610 ++p; | |
| 5611 } | |
| 5612 else | |
| 5613 { | |
| 5614 return FALSE; | |
| 5615 } | |
| 5616 } | |
| 5617 return TRUE; | |
| 5618 } | |
| 5619 return FALSE; | |
| 5620 } | |
| 5621 | |
| 7 | 5622 /* |
| 5623 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5624 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5625 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5626 * ^ | |
| 5627 */ | |
| 5628 static char_u * | |
| 5629 after_label(l) | |
| 5630 char_u *l; | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5633 { | |
| 5634 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5635 { | |
| 5636 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5637 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5638 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5639 break; |
| 5640 } | |
| 5641 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5642 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5643 } | |
| 5644 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5645 return NULL; | |
| 5646 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5647 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5648 return NULL; | |
| 5649 return l; | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 /* | |
| 5653 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5654 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5655 */ | |
| 5656 static int | |
| 5657 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5658 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5659 { | |
| 5660 char_u *l; | |
| 5661 pos_T fp; | |
| 5662 colnr_T col; | |
| 5663 char_u *p; | |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5666 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5667 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5668 return 0; | |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5671 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5672 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5673 return (int)col; | |
| 5674 } | |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 /* | |
| 5677 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5678 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5679 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5680 * ^ | |
| 5681 */ | |
| 5682 static int | |
| 5683 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5684 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5685 char_u **pp; | |
| 5686 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5687 { | |
| 5688 char_u *l; | |
| 5689 int amount; | |
| 5690 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5693 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5694 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5695 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5696 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5697 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5698 { |
| 5699 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5700 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5701 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5702 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5703 } | |
| 5704 else | |
| 5705 { | |
| 5706 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5707 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5708 } | |
| 5709 *pp = l; | |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5712 return amount; | |
| 5713 } | |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 /* | |
| 5716 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5717 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5718 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5719 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5720 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5721 */ | |
| 5722 static int | |
| 5723 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5724 { | |
| 5725 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5726 int len; | |
| 5727 pos_T fp; | |
| 5728 colnr_T col; | |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5731 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5732 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5733 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5734 { | |
| 5735 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5736 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5737 } |
| 5738 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5739 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5740 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5741 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5742 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5743 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5744 { | |
| 5745 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5746 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5747 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5748 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5749 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5750 p = s; | |
| 5751 } | |
| 5752 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5753 ; | |
| 5754 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5755 return 0; | |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5758 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5759 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5760 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5761 return (int)col; | |
| 5762 } | |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 /* | |
| 5765 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5766 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5767 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5768 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5769 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5770 * asdf\ | |
| 5771 * here"; | |
| 5772 */ | |
| 5773 static int | |
| 5774 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5775 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5776 { | |
| 5777 char_u *line; | |
| 5778 char_u *s; | |
| 5779 colnr_T col; | |
| 5780 pos_T fp; | |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5783 { | |
| 5784 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5785 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5786 return -1; | |
| 5787 } | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5790 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5791 { | |
| 5792 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5793 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5794 else | |
| 5795 ++s; | |
| 5796 } | |
| 5797 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5798 return 0; | |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5801 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5802 return 0; | |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5805 ++s; | |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5808 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5809 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5810 return (int)col; | |
| 5811 } | |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 /* | |
| 5814 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5815 */ | |
| 5816 static int | |
| 5817 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5818 char_u *s; | |
| 5819 { | |
| 2776 | 5820 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5821 return TRUE; |
| 5822 return FALSE; | |
| 5823 } | |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 /* | |
| 5826 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5827 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5828 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5829 */ | |
| 5830 static int | |
| 5831 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5832 char_u **pp; | |
| 5833 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5834 { | |
| 5835 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5836 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5837 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5838 | |
| 408 | 5839 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5840 { |
| 5841 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5842 { | |
| 5843 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5844 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5845 break; | |
| 5846 } | |
| 5847 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5848 break; | |
| 5849 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5850 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5851 break; | |
| 5852 } | |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5855 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5856 return retval; | |
| 5857 } | |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 /* | |
| 5860 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5861 */ | |
| 5862 static int | |
| 5863 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5864 char_u *p; | |
| 5865 { | |
| 5866 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5867 } | |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 /* | |
| 5870 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5871 */ | |
| 5872 static int | |
| 5873 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5874 char_u *p; | |
| 5875 { | |
| 5876 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5877 } | |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 /* | |
| 2805 | 5880 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5881 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5882 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5883 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5884 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5885 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5886 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5887 */ | |
| 5888 static int | |
| 5889 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5890 char_u *s; | |
| 5891 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5892 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5893 { | |
| 2843 | 5894 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 5895 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 5896 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5897 |
| 5898 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5901 found_start = *s; | |
| 5902 | |
| 2843 | 5903 if (!found_start) |
| 5904 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 5905 | |
| 7 | 5906 while (*s) |
| 5907 { | |
| 5908 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5909 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 5910 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 5911 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 5912 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 5913 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 5914 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 5915 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 5916 else if (*s == '{') |
| 5917 { | |
| 5918 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5919 return *s; | |
| 5920 else | |
| 5921 ++n_open; | |
| 5922 } | |
| 7 | 5923 |
| 5924 if (*s) | |
| 5925 s++; | |
| 5926 } | |
| 5927 return found_start; | |
| 5928 } | |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 /* | |
| 5931 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5932 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5933 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5934 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5935 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5936 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5937 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 5938 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 5939 */ |
| 5940 static int | |
| 3220 | 5941 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) |
| 7 | 5942 char_u **sp; |
| 5943 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 5944 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 5945 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5946 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 7 | 5947 { |
| 5948 char_u *s; | |
| 5949 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5950 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 5951 pos_T *trypos; |
| 5952 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5953 |
| 5954 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5955 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5956 else | |
| 5957 s = *sp; | |
| 5958 | |
| 3220 | 5959 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5960 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5961 { | |
| 5962 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5963 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 5964 return FALSE; | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5967 } | |
| 5968 | |
| 2776 | 5969 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 5970 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5971 return FALSE; | |
| 5972 | |
| 7 | 5973 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 5974 { | |
| 5975 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5976 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5977 else | |
| 5978 ++s; | |
| 5979 } | |
| 5980 if (*s != '(') | |
| 5981 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5986 { | |
| 5987 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 5988 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 5989 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 5990 * defined(y) | |
| 5991 */ | |
| 5992 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 5993 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5994 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5995 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5996 goto done; | |
| 5997 } | |
| 2776 | 5998 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 5999 { | |
| 6000 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6003 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 6004 * func(arg1 | |
| 6005 * , arg2) */ | |
| 6006 for (;;) | |
| 6007 { | |
| 6008 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6009 break; | |
| 6010 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 6011 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6012 break; | |
| 6013 } | |
| 7 | 6014 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 6015 break; | |
| 2776 | 6016 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 6017 * start of next line. */ | |
| 6018 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 6019 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 6020 break; |
| 3220 | 6021 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6022 } |
| 6023 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6024 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6025 else | |
| 3220 | 6026 { |
| 7 | 6027 ++s; |
| 3220 | 6028 just_started = FALSE; |
| 6029 } | |
| 7 | 6030 } |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 done: | |
| 6033 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 6034 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 return retval; | |
| 6037 } | |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 static int | |
| 6040 cin_isif(p) | |
| 6041 char_u *p; | |
| 6042 { | |
| 6043 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6044 } | |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 static int | |
| 6047 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 6048 char_u *p; | |
| 6049 { | |
| 6050 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 6051 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 6052 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 6053 } | |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 static int | |
| 6056 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 6057 char_u *p; | |
| 6058 { | |
| 6059 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6060 } | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 /* | |
| 6063 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 6064 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 6065 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 6066 */ | |
| 6067 static int | |
| 6068 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 6069 char_u *p; | |
| 6070 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6071 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6072 { | |
| 6073 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6074 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6075 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6076 | |
| 6077 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6078 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6079 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6080 if (cin_starts_with(p, "while")) |
| 7 | 6081 { |
| 6082 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6083 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6084 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6085 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6086 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 6087 { | |
| 6088 ++p; | |
| 6089 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6090 } | |
| 6091 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 6092 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 6093 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6094 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6095 } | |
| 6096 return retval; | |
| 6097 } | |
| 6098 | |
| 829 | 6099 /* |
| 3461 | 6100 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 6101 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 6102 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 6103 * string was found. | |
| 6104 */ | |
| 6105 static int | |
| 3461 | 6106 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 6107 char_u *line; |
| 6108 int *poffset; | |
| 6109 { | |
| 3461 | 6110 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 6111 |
| 6112 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 6113 return 0; | |
| 6114 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 6115 --offset; | |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 offset -= 1; | |
| 6118 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 6119 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 6122 { | |
| 6123 offset -= 1; | |
| 6124 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 6125 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 6128 { | |
| 6129 offset -= 2; | |
| 6130 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 6131 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6132 } | |
| 6133 } | |
| 6134 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 6135 |
| 3454 | 6136 probablyFound: |
| 6137 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 6138 { | |
| 6139 *poffset = offset; | |
| 6140 return 1; | |
| 6141 } | |
| 6142 return 0; | |
| 6143 } | |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 /* | |
| 829 | 6146 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 6147 * do | |
| 6148 * nothing; | |
| 6149 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 6150 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 6151 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 6152 */ | |
| 6153 static int | |
| 6154 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 6155 int terminated; | |
| 6156 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6157 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6158 { | |
| 6159 char_u *line; | |
| 6160 char_u *p; | |
| 6161 char_u *s; | |
| 6162 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6163 int i; | |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 6166 return FALSE; | |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6169 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6170 { | |
| 6171 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6172 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6173 { | |
| 6174 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6175 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6176 { | |
| 6177 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6178 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6179 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6180 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 6181 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6182 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6183 { | |
| 6184 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6185 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6186 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6187 if (cin_starts_with(s, "while")) |
| 829 | 6188 { |
| 6189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6190 return TRUE; | |
| 6191 } | |
| 6192 } | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6195 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6196 p = line + i; | |
| 6197 } | |
| 6198 } | |
| 6199 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6200 ++p; | |
| 6201 } | |
| 6202 return FALSE; | |
| 6203 } | |
| 6204 | |
| 7 | 6205 static int |
| 6206 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6207 char_u *p; | |
| 6208 { | |
| 6209 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6210 } | |
| 6211 | |
| 828 | 6212 /* |
| 6213 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6214 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6215 * | |
| 6216 * class MyClass : | |
| 6217 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6218 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6219 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6220 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6221 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6222 * |
| 6223 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6224 */ |
| 6225 static int | |
| 1336 | 6226 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 6227 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 6228 { |
| 6229 char_u *s; | |
| 6230 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6231 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6232 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6233 |
| 6234 *col = 0; | |
| 6235 | |
| 17 | 6236 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6237 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6238 return FALSE; | |
| 6239 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6240 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6241 return FALSE; | |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6244 | |
| 828 | 6245 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6246 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6247 * a = cond ? | |
| 6248 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6249 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6250 * func::foo() |
| 6251 * : something | |
| 6252 * {} | |
| 6253 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6254 * : something(4), | |
| 6255 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6256 * {} | |
| 6257 */ | |
| 6258 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6259 { | |
| 1336 | 6260 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6261 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6262 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6263 break; | |
| 6264 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6265 { | |
| 6266 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6267 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6268 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6269 break; | |
| 6270 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6271 ++s; | |
| 6272 } | |
| 6273 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6274 break; | |
| 6275 --lnum; | |
| 6276 } | |
| 6277 | |
| 1336 | 6278 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6279 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6280 for (;;) |
| 6281 { | |
| 6282 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6283 { | |
| 6284 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6285 break; | |
| 6286 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6287 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6288 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6289 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6290 continue; | |
| 828 | 6291 } |
| 6292 | |
| 2807 | 6293 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 6294 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 6295 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6296 { |
| 6297 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6298 { | |
| 6299 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6300 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6301 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6302 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6303 } | |
| 6304 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6305 { | |
| 6306 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6307 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6308 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6309 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6310 *col = 0; | |
| 6311 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6312 } | |
| 6313 else | |
| 6314 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6315 } | |
| 6316 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6317 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6318 { | |
| 6319 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6320 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6323 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6324 else | |
| 6325 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6326 } | |
| 6327 else | |
| 6328 { | |
| 6329 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6330 { | |
| 6331 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6332 } | |
| 6333 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6334 { | |
| 6335 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6336 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6337 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6338 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6339 } | |
| 827 | 6340 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6343 return FALSE; | |
| 6344 } | |
| 7 | 6345 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6346 { | |
| 6347 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6348 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6349 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6350 } | |
| 6351 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6354 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6357 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6358 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6359 } | |
| 6360 | |
| 828 | 6361 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6362 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6363 *col = 0; | |
| 6364 | |
| 7 | 6365 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6366 } | |
| 6367 } | |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6370 } | |
| 6371 | |
| 828 | 6372 static int |
| 6373 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6374 int col; | |
| 6375 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6376 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6377 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6378 { | |
| 6379 int amount; | |
| 6380 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6381 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 if (col == 0) | |
| 6384 { | |
| 6385 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6386 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 6387 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6388 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6389 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6390 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 6391 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6392 } | |
| 6393 else | |
| 6394 { | |
| 6395 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6396 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6397 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6398 } | |
| 6399 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6400 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6401 return amount; | |
| 6402 } | |
| 6403 | |
| 7 | 6404 /* |
| 6405 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6406 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6407 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6408 */ | |
| 6409 static int | |
| 6410 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6411 char_u *s; | |
| 6412 char_u *find; | |
| 6413 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6414 { | |
| 6415 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6416 char_u *r; | |
| 6417 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6420 { | |
| 6421 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6422 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6423 { | |
| 6424 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6425 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6426 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6427 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6428 return TRUE; | |
| 6429 } | |
| 6430 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6431 ++p; | |
| 6432 } | |
| 6433 return FALSE; | |
| 6434 } | |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 /* | |
| 4184 | 6437 * Return TRUE when "s" starts with "word" and then a non-ID character. |
| 6438 */ | |
| 6439 static int | |
| 6440 cin_starts_with(s, word) | |
| 6441 char_u *s; | |
| 6442 char *word; | |
| 6443 { | |
| 4207 | 6444 int l = (int)STRLEN(word); |
| 4184 | 6445 |
| 6446 return (STRNCMP(s, word, l) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[l])); | |
| 6447 } | |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 /* | |
| 7 | 6450 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". |
| 6451 * Return the column found. | |
| 6452 */ | |
| 6453 static int | |
| 6454 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6455 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6456 { | |
| 6457 char_u *line; | |
| 6458 char_u *p; | |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6461 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6462 { | |
| 6463 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6464 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6465 else | |
| 6466 { | |
| 6467 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6468 ++p; | |
| 6469 } | |
| 6470 } | |
| 6471 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6472 } | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 /* | |
| 6475 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6476 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6477 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6478 * work. */ | |
| 6479 /* foo() */ | |
| 6480 /* { */ | |
| 6481 /* } */ | |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 static pos_T * | |
| 6484 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6485 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6488 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6489 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6490 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6493 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6494 { | |
| 6495 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6496 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6497 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6498 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6499 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6500 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6501 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6502 break; | |
| 6503 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6504 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6505 } | |
| 6506 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6507 return trypos; | |
| 6508 } | |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 /* | |
| 6511 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6512 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6513 */ |
| 6514 static pos_T * | |
| 6515 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6516 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6517 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6520 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6521 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6522 |
| 6523 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6524 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6525 { | |
| 6526 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6527 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6528 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6529 else | |
| 6530 { | |
| 6531 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6532 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6533 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6534 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6535 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6536 } | |
| 6537 } | |
| 6538 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6539 return trypos; | |
| 6540 } | |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 /* | |
| 6543 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6544 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6545 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6546 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6547 */ | |
| 6548 static int | |
| 6549 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 6550 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6551 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 6552 { | |
| 6553 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 6556 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6557 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 6558 } | |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 /* | |
| 6561 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6562 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6563 */ |
| 6564 static int | |
| 6565 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6566 char_u *l; | |
| 6567 int start, end; | |
| 6568 { | |
| 6569 int i; | |
| 6570 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6571 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6574 | |
| 3172 | 6575 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6576 { |
| 6577 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6578 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6579 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6580 ++open_count; | |
| 6581 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6584 --open_count; | |
| 6585 else | |
| 6586 { | |
| 6587 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6588 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6589 } | |
| 6590 } | |
| 6591 } | |
| 6592 return retval; | |
| 6593 } | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 int | |
| 6596 get_c_indent() | |
| 6597 { | |
| 3740 | 6598 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 6599 | |
| 7 | 6600 /* |
| 6601 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6602 * block should be | |
| 6603 */ | |
| 3740 | 6604 |
| 6605 int ind_level = sw; | |
| 7 | 6606 |
| 6607 /* | |
| 6608 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6609 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6610 */ | |
| 6611 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
6614 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by |
| 7 | 6615 * an opening brace. |
| 6616 */ | |
| 6617 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 /* | |
| 6620 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6621 */ | |
| 6622 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 /* | |
| 6625 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6626 * located | |
| 6627 */ | |
| 6628 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 /* | |
| 6631 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6632 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6633 * brace should be located | |
| 6634 */ | |
| 6635 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 /* | |
| 6638 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6639 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6640 */ | |
| 6641 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6644 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6645 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6646 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6647 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6648 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6649 /* |
| 7 | 6650 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6651 */ | |
| 3740 | 6652 int ind_case = sw; |
| 7 | 6653 |
| 6654 /* | |
| 6655 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6656 */ | |
| 3740 | 6657 int ind_case_code = sw; |
| 7 | 6658 |
| 6659 /* | |
| 6660 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6661 */ | |
| 6662 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 /* | |
| 6665 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6666 * should be located | |
| 6667 */ | |
| 3740 | 6668 int ind_scopedecl = sw; |
| 7 | 6669 |
| 6670 /* | |
| 6671 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6672 */ | |
| 3740 | 6673 int ind_scopedecl_code = sw; |
| 7 | 6674 |
| 6675 /* | |
| 6676 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6677 */ | |
| 3740 | 6678 int ind_param = sw; |
| 7 | 6679 |
| 6680 /* | |
| 6681 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6682 */ | |
| 3740 | 6683 int ind_func_type = sw; |
| 7 | 6684 |
| 6685 /* | |
| 6686 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6687 * should be indented | |
| 6688 */ | |
| 3740 | 6689 int ind_cpp_baseclass = sw; |
| 7 | 6690 |
| 6691 /* | |
| 6692 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6693 * should be located | |
| 6694 */ | |
| 3740 | 6695 int ind_continuation = sw; |
| 7 | 6696 |
| 6697 /* | |
| 6698 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6699 */ | |
| 3740 | 6700 int ind_unclosed = sw * 2; |
| 7 | 6701 |
| 6702 /* | |
| 6703 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6704 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6705 */ | |
| 3740 | 6706 int ind_unclosed2 = sw; |
| 7 | 6707 |
| 6708 /* | |
| 6709 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6710 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6711 */ | |
| 6712 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 /* | |
| 6715 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6716 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6717 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6718 */ | |
| 6719 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 /* | |
| 6722 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6723 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6724 */ | |
| 6725 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 /* | |
| 6728 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6729 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6730 */ | |
| 6731 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 /* | |
| 829 | 6734 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6735 */ | |
| 6736 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 /* | |
| 7 | 6739 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6740 */ | |
| 6741 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6742 | |
| 6743 /* | |
| 6744 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6745 */ | |
| 6746 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6747 | |
| 6748 /* | |
| 6749 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6750 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6751 */ | |
| 6752 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 /* | |
| 6755 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6756 */ | |
| 6757 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 /* | |
| 6760 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6761 */ | |
| 6762 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 /* | |
| 6765 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6766 */ | |
| 6767 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6768 | |
| 6769 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6770 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6771 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6772 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6773 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6774 /* |
| 7 | 6775 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6776 */ | |
| 6777 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6778 | |
| 2857 | 6779 /* |
| 6780 * handle C++ namespace | |
| 6781 */ | |
| 6782 int ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6783 | |
| 3454 | 6784 /* |
| 6785 * handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6786 * while() | |
| 6787 */ | |
| 6788 int ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6789 | |
| 7 | 6790 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6791 int amount; | |
| 6792 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6793 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6794 colnr_T col; |
| 6795 char_u *theline; | |
| 6796 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6797 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6798 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6799 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6800 char_u *start; | |
| 6801 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6802 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6803 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6804 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6805 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6806 char_u *l; | |
| 6807 char_u *look; | |
| 6808 char_u terminated; | |
| 6809 int lookfor; | |
| 6810 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6811 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6812 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6813 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6814 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6815 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6816 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6817 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6818 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6819 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6820 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 int whilelevel; | |
| 6823 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6824 char_u *options; | |
| 3578 | 6825 char_u *digits; |
| 7 | 6826 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ |
| 6827 int divider; | |
| 6828 int n; | |
| 6829 int iscase; | |
| 6830 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6831 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6832 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6833 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6834 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6835 |
| 6836 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6837 { | |
| 6838 l = options++; | |
| 6839 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6840 ++options; | |
| 3578 | 6841 digits = options; /* remember where the digits start */ |
| 7 | 6842 n = getdigits(&options); |
| 6843 divider = 0; | |
| 6844 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6845 { | |
| 6846 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6847 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6848 { | |
| 6849 ++options; | |
| 6850 if (divider) | |
| 6851 divider *= 10; | |
| 6852 else | |
| 6853 divider = 10; | |
| 6854 } | |
| 6855 } | |
| 6856 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6857 { | |
| 3578 | 6858 if (options == digits) |
| 3740 | 6859 n = sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ |
| 7 | 6860 else |
| 6861 { | |
| 3740 | 6862 n *= sw; |
| 7 | 6863 if (divider) |
| 3740 | 6864 n += (sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; |
| 7 | 6865 } |
| 6866 ++options; | |
| 6867 } | |
| 6868 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6869 n = -n; | |
| 6870 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6871 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6872 switch (*l) |
| 6873 { | |
| 6874 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6875 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6876 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6877 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6878 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6879 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6880 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6881 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6882 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6883 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6884 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6885 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6886 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6887 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6888 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6889 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6890 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6891 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6892 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6893 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6894 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6895 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6896 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6897 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6898 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6899 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6900 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6901 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6902 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6903 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6904 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6905 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6906 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 2857 | 6907 case 'N': ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; |
| 3454 | 6908 case 'k': ind_if_for_while = n; break; |
| 7 | 6909 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6910 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6911 ++options; |
| 7 | 6912 } |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6915 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6916 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6917 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6918 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6919 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6920 |
| 7 | 6921 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6922 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6923 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6924 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6925 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6926 return 0; | |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 /* | |
| 6929 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6930 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6931 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6932 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6933 * check for that. | |
| 6934 */ | |
| 6935 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6936 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6937 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6938 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6941 | |
| 6942 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6945 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6946 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6947 |
| 7 | 6948 /* |
| 6949 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6950 */ | |
| 6951 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6952 { | |
| 6953 amount = 0; | |
| 6954 } | |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6957 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6958 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6959 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6960 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6961 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6962 { |
| 6963 amount = 0; | |
| 6964 } | |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 /* | |
| 6967 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 6968 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 6969 */ | |
| 6970 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 6971 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6972 { | |
| 6973 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6974 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6975 amount = col; | |
| 6976 } | |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 /* | |
| 6979 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 6980 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 6981 */ | |
| 6982 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 6983 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6984 { | |
| 6985 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 6986 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 6987 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 6988 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 6989 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 6990 char_u *p; | |
| 6991 int start_align = 0; | |
| 6992 int start_off = 0; | |
| 6993 int done = FALSE; | |
| 6994 | |
| 6995 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6996 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6997 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 6998 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 6999 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 7000 |
| 7001 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 7002 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7003 { | |
| 7004 int align = 0; | |
| 7005 int off = 0; | |
| 7006 int what = 0; | |
| 7007 | |
| 7008 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 7009 { | |
| 7010 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7011 what = *p++; | |
| 7012 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 7013 align = *p++; | |
| 7014 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 7015 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 7016 else | |
| 7017 ++p; | |
| 7018 } | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 if (*p == ':') | |
| 7021 ++p; | |
| 7022 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 7023 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 7024 { | |
| 7025 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 7026 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 7027 start_off = off; | |
| 7028 start_align = align; | |
| 7029 } | |
| 7030 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7031 { | |
| 7032 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 7033 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 7034 } | |
| 7035 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 7036 { | |
| 7037 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 7038 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 7039 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 7040 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 7041 { | |
| 7042 done = TRUE; | |
| 7043 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7044 { | |
| 7045 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 7046 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 7047 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 7048 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 7049 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 7050 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 7051 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7052 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 7053 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 7054 { | |
| 7055 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7056 break; | |
| 7057 } | |
| 7058 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 7059 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 7060 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 7061 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 7062 continue; | |
| 7063 } | |
| 7064 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 7065 amount += start_off; | |
| 7066 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7067 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7068 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7069 break; |
| 7070 } | |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 7073 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 7074 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 7075 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 7076 { | |
| 7077 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7078 /* XXX */ | |
| 7079 if (off != 0) | |
| 7080 amount += off; | |
| 7081 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7082 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7083 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7084 done = TRUE; |
| 7085 break; | |
| 7086 } | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 } | |
| 7089 | |
| 7090 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 7091 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 7092 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 7093 */ | |
| 7094 if (done) | |
| 7095 ; | |
| 7096 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 7097 amount += 1; | |
| 7098 else | |
| 7099 { | |
| 7100 /* | |
| 7101 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 7102 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 7103 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 7104 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 7105 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 7106 */ | |
| 7107 amount = -1; | |
| 7108 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7109 { | |
| 7110 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 7111 continue; | |
| 7112 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7113 break; | |
| 7114 } | |
| 7115 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 7116 { | |
| 7117 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 7118 { | |
| 7119 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 7120 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 7121 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 7122 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 7123 } | |
| 7124 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7125 amount = col; | |
| 7126 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 7127 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 7128 } | |
| 7129 } | |
| 7130 } | |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 /* | |
| 7133 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 7134 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7135 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7136 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 7137 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7138 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 7139 { | |
| 7140 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 7141 { | |
| 7142 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 7143 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 7144 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7145 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7146 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 7147 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7148 else | |
| 7149 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 7150 } | |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7153 { | |
| 7154 /* | |
| 7155 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 7156 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 7157 */ | |
| 829 | 7158 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 7159 { | |
| 7160 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7161 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 7162 } | |
| 7163 else | |
| 7164 { | |
| 7165 amount = -1; | |
| 7166 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 7167 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 7168 { |
| 829 | 7169 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 7170 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 7171 continue; | |
| 7172 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 7173 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 7174 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 7177 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7178 { | |
| 7179 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7180 continue; | |
| 7181 } | |
| 7182 | |
| 7183 /* XXX */ | |
| 7184 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7185 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 7186 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 7187 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 7188 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7189 { | |
| 7190 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7191 | |
| 7192 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7193 { | |
| 7194 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7195 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7196 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7197 amount = -1; | |
| 7198 } | |
| 7199 break; | |
| 7200 } | |
| 7 | 7201 } |
| 7202 } | |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 /* | |
| 7205 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7206 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7207 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7208 */ | |
| 7209 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7210 { | |
| 829 | 7211 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7212 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 if (ind_if_for_while) | |
| 7215 { | |
| 7216 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7217 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7220 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7221 char_u *line; | |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7224 do { | |
| 7225 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7226 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7227 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7230 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); | |
| 7231 | |
| 7232 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7237 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7238 } |
| 829 | 7239 |
| 7 | 7240 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 7241 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7242 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7243 { | |
| 7244 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7245 char_u *line; | |
| 7246 int look_col; | |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7249 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7250 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7251 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7252 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7253 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 7254 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7255 != NULL | |
| 7256 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7257 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7258 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7261 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7262 } | |
| 3454 | 7263 if (theline[0] == ')' || (ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 829 | 7264 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 7265 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 7266 { |
| 7267 /* | |
| 7268 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7269 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 7270 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 7271 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 7272 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 7273 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 7274 * lines). | |
| 7275 */ | |
| 7276 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7277 { | |
| 7278 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7279 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 7280 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 7281 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 7282 { | |
| 7283 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7284 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7285 n = 1; | |
| 7286 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7287 { | |
| 7288 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7289 { | |
| 7290 case '(': | |
| 7291 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7292 break; | |
| 7293 | |
| 7294 case ')': | |
| 7295 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7296 --n; | |
| 7297 break; | |
| 7298 } | |
| 7299 } | |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 7302 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 7303 } | |
| 7304 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 7305 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7306 else | |
| 7307 { | |
| 7308 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7309 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7310 col++; | |
| 7311 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7312 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7313 else | |
| 7314 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7315 } | |
| 7316 } | |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 /* | |
| 7319 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7320 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7321 */ | |
| 7322 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7323 { | |
| 7324 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7325 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7326 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 } | |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 7331 { | |
| 7332 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7333 } | |
| 3454 | 7334 else if ((ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7335 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7336 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7337 { |
| 7338 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7339 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7340 } | |
| 7341 else | |
| 7342 { | |
| 829 | 7343 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 7344 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7345 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7346 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7347 { |
| 7348 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7349 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7350 { | |
| 7351 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7352 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7353 break; | |
| 7354 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7355 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7356 break; | |
| 7357 } | |
| 7358 } | |
| 7359 | |
| 7360 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 7361 * braces */ | |
| 7362 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 7363 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7364 else | |
| 7365 { | |
| 7366 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7367 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 2762 | 7368 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7369 amount += ind_unclosed2; |
| 7370 else | |
| 3454 | 7371 { |
| 7372 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 7373 amount += ind_if_for_while; | |
| 7374 else | |
| 7375 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7376 } | |
| 7 | 7377 } |
| 7378 /* | |
| 7379 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7380 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7381 * lines: | |
| 7382 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7383 * arg && yy | |
| 7384 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7385 */ | |
| 7386 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7387 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7388 } | |
| 7389 } | |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7392 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7393 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7394 } | |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 /* | |
| 7397 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7398 */ | |
| 7399 else | |
| 7400 { | |
| 7401 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7404 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 /* | |
| 7407 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7408 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7409 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7410 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7411 */ | |
| 7412 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7413 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7414 { | |
| 7415 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7416 amount = col; | |
| 7417 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7418 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7419 else | |
| 7420 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7421 } | |
| 7422 else | |
| 7423 { | |
| 7424 /* | |
| 7425 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7426 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7427 */ | |
| 7428 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 /* | |
| 7431 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7432 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7433 */ | |
| 7434 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7435 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 7436 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7437 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7438 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 /* | |
| 7441 * It could have been something like | |
| 7442 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7443 * ldfd) { | |
| 7444 * } | |
| 7445 */ | |
| 2879 | 7446 if (ind_js || (ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7447 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7448 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7449 else | |
| 7450 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7453 } | |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 /* | |
| 7456 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7457 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7458 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7459 */ | |
| 7460 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7461 { | |
| 7462 /* | |
| 7463 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7464 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7465 */ | |
| 7466 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 7467 } | |
| 7468 else | |
| 7469 { | |
| 7470 /* | |
| 7471 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7472 * to match it with. | |
| 7473 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7474 * to match it with. | |
| 7475 */ | |
| 7476 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7477 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7478 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 7479 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7480 /* XXX */ | |
| 7481 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 7482 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7483 { | |
| 7484 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 7485 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7486 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 7487 { | |
| 7488 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7489 goto theend; | |
| 7490 } | |
| 7491 } | |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 /* | |
| 7494 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7495 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7496 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7497 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7498 */ | |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 /* | |
| 7501 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7502 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 7503 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 7504 */ | |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7507 { | |
| 7508 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 2857 | 7509 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7510 } | |
| 7511 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7512 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7513 { | |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7516 } |
| 7517 else | |
| 7518 { | |
| 7519 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7520 { |
| 7 | 7521 amount += ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7522 |
| 7523 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7524 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7525 amount += ind_cpp_namespace; | |
| 7526 } | |
| 7 | 7527 else |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 7530 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 7531 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7532 amount = 0; | |
| 7533 } | |
| 7534 } | |
| 7535 | |
| 7536 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7537 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7538 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7539 { |
| 7540 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 7541 amount += ind_case; | |
| 7542 } | |
| 7543 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7544 { | |
| 7545 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 7546 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 7547 } | |
| 7548 else | |
| 7549 { | |
| 7550 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 7551 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7554 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 7555 } | |
| 7556 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7557 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7558 | |
| 7559 /* | |
| 7560 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7561 * with that. | |
| 7562 * | |
| 7563 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7564 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7565 * that opens the block. | |
| 7566 */ | |
| 7567 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7568 for (;;) | |
| 7569 { | |
| 7570 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7571 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7572 | |
| 7573 /* | |
| 7574 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7575 * up with it. | |
| 7576 */ | |
| 7577 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7578 { | |
| 7579 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7580 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7581 * go further back: | |
| 7582 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7583 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7584 * declaration: | |
| 7585 * int x, | |
| 7586 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7587 */ | |
| 7588 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7589 { | |
| 7590 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7591 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7592 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 7593 { | |
| 7594 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 7595 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7596 * initialization) */ | |
| 7597 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7598 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7599 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 7600 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7601 break; | |
| 7602 } | |
| 7603 | |
| 7604 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 /* | |
| 7607 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7608 * comment. | |
| 7609 */ | |
| 7610 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7611 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7612 { | |
| 7613 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7614 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7615 continue; |
| 7616 } | |
| 7617 | |
| 7618 /* | |
| 7619 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7620 */ | |
| 7621 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7622 continue; | |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7625 continue; | |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 /* | |
| 7630 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7631 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7632 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7633 */ | |
| 7634 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 3220 | 7635 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7636 0, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7637 { |
| 7638 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7639 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7640 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7641 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7642 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7643 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7644 */ | |
| 7645 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7646 break; | |
| 7647 | |
| 7648 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7649 * we are done. | |
| 7650 */ | |
| 7651 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7652 break; | |
| 7653 | |
| 7654 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7655 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7656 continue; | |
| 7657 } | |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7660 { | |
| 7661 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7662 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7663 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7664 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7665 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7666 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7667 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7668 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7669 | |
| 7670 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7671 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7674 { | |
| 7675 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7676 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7677 continue; |
| 7678 } | |
| 7679 } | |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7682 * like in | |
| 7683 * int a, | |
| 7684 * b; | |
| 7685 */ | |
| 7686 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7687 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7688 else | |
| 7689 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7690 } | |
| 7691 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7692 { | |
| 7693 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7694 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7695 else | |
| 7696 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7697 } | |
| 3123 | 7698 else |
| 2857 | 7699 { |
| 3123 | 7700 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7701 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7702 { |
| 3123 | 7703 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7704 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7705 { | |
| 7706 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7707 added_to_amount = ind_open_extra; | |
| 7708 } | |
| 2857 | 7709 } |
| 7710 | |
| 3123 | 7711 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7712 { |
| 3123 | 7713 /* |
| 7714 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7715 * back. | |
| 7716 */ | |
| 7717 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7718 continue; | |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7721 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7722 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7723 break; | |
| 7724 | |
| 7725 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7728 * the comment. */ | |
| 7729 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7730 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7731 { | |
| 7732 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7733 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7734 continue; | |
| 7735 } | |
| 7736 | |
| 7737 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7738 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7739 continue; | |
| 7740 | |
| 7741 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7742 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7743 { | |
| 7744 amount += ind_cpp_namespace - added_to_amount; | |
| 7745 break; | |
| 7746 } | |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7749 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7750 } |
| 7 | 7751 } |
| 7752 break; | |
| 7753 } | |
| 7754 | |
| 7755 /* | |
| 7756 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7757 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7758 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7759 { | |
| 7760 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7761 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7762 continue; |
| 7763 } | |
| 7764 | |
| 7765 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 /* | |
| 7768 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7769 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7770 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7771 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7772 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7773 { | |
| 7774 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7775 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7776 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7777 break; | |
| 7778 | |
| 7779 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7780 * labels. */ | |
| 7781 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7782 continue; | |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 /* | |
| 7785 * case xx: | |
| 7786 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7787 *-> here; | |
| 7788 */ | |
| 7789 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7790 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7791 { | |
| 7792 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7793 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7794 else | |
| 7795 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7796 break; | |
| 7797 } | |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 /* | |
| 7800 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7801 * x = 333; | |
| 7802 * case yy: | |
| 7803 */ | |
| 7804 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7805 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7806 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7807 { | |
| 7808 /* | |
| 7809 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7810 * switch() | |
| 7811 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7812 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7813 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7814 { | |
| 7815 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7816 break; | |
| 7817 } | |
| 7818 continue; | |
| 7819 } | |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 /* | |
| 7824 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7825 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7826 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7827 * | |
| 7828 * case xx: | |
| 7829 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7830 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7831 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7832 */ | |
| 7833 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7834 { | |
| 7835 if (n) | |
| 7836 amount = n; | |
| 7837 | |
| 7838 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7839 break; | |
| 7840 } | |
| 7841 | |
| 7842 /* | |
| 7843 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7844 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7845 * | |
| 7846 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7847 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7848 */ | |
| 7849 if (n) | |
| 7850 { | |
| 7851 amount = n; | |
| 7852 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7853 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7854 { |
| 7855 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7856 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7857 else | |
| 7858 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7859 } | |
| 7 | 7860 break; |
| 7861 } | |
| 7862 | |
| 7863 /* | |
| 7864 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7865 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7866 * switch label. | |
| 7867 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7868 * case xx: | |
| 7869 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7870 */ | |
| 7871 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7872 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7873 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7874 continue; | |
| 7875 } | |
| 7876 | |
| 7877 /* | |
| 7878 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7879 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7880 */ | |
| 7881 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7882 { | |
| 7883 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7884 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7885 { |
| 7 | 7886 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7887 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7888 } | |
| 7 | 7889 continue; |
| 7890 } | |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 /* | |
| 7893 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7894 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7895 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7896 { |
| 7897 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7898 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7899 continue; | |
| 7900 } | |
| 7901 | |
| 7902 /* | |
| 7903 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7904 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7905 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7906 * unlocked it) | |
| 7907 */ | |
| 7908 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7909 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7910 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7911 continue; | |
| 7912 | |
| 7913 /* | |
| 7914 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7915 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7916 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7917 n = FALSE; |
| 7918 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7919 { | |
| 1336 | 7920 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7921 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7922 } | |
| 7923 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7924 { |
| 7925 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7926 { | |
| 7927 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7928 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7929 else | |
| 7930 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7931 } | |
| 828 | 7932 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7933 { |
| 828 | 7934 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7935 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7936 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7937 continue; | |
| 7 | 7938 } |
| 7939 else | |
| 828 | 7940 /* XXX */ |
| 7941 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7942 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7943 break; |
| 7944 } | |
| 7945 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7946 { | |
| 7947 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7948 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7949 */ | |
| 7 | 7950 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7951 break; | |
| 7952 else | |
| 7953 continue; | |
| 7954 } | |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 /* | |
| 7957 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7958 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7959 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7960 * 123, |
| 7961 * sizeof | |
| 7962 * here | |
| 7963 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7964 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7965 * (indented). | |
| 7966 */ | |
| 7967 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7970 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 7971 { | |
| 7972 /* | |
| 7973 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 7974 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 7975 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 7976 * if ( foo && | |
| 7977 * bar ) | |
| 7978 */ | |
| 7979 /* | |
| 7980 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7981 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7982 */ | |
| 7983 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 7984 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7985 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7986 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7987 | |
| 7988 /* | |
| 7989 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 7990 * braces. | |
| 7991 */ | |
| 828 | 7992 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 7993 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 7994 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 7995 | |
| 7996 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7997 { | |
| 7998 /* | |
| 7999 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8000 * handled above. | |
| 8001 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8002 * asdf) | |
| 8003 */ | |
| 1550 | 8004 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8005 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8006 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8007 { |
| 8008 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8009 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8010 continue; |
| 8011 } | |
| 8012 } | |
| 8013 | |
| 8014 /* | |
| 8015 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 8016 * indent from | |
| 8017 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 8018 * bla", | |
| 8019 * here; | |
| 8020 */ | |
| 8021 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8022 { | |
| 8023 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8024 { | |
| 8025 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8026 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8027 break; | |
| 8028 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8029 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8030 } |
| 8031 } | |
| 8032 | |
| 8033 /* | |
| 8034 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8035 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 8036 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8037 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8038 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 8039 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8040 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8041 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 8042 /* |
| 8043 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 8044 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 8045 * while (not) | |
| 8046 * -> { | |
| 8047 * } | |
| 8048 */ | |
| 8049 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8050 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8051 { | |
| 8052 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8053 /* | |
| 8054 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 8055 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 8056 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 8057 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 8058 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 8059 */ | |
| 8060 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 8061 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8062 | |
| 8063 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 8064 { | |
| 8065 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 8066 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 8067 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8068 continue; | |
| 8069 } | |
| 8070 break; | |
| 8071 } | |
| 8072 | |
| 8073 /* | |
| 8074 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 8075 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 8076 */ | |
| 8077 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 8078 { | |
| 8079 /* | |
| 8080 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 8081 * with the last one. | |
| 8082 * if (cond) | |
| 8083 * 100 + | |
| 8084 * -> here; | |
| 8085 */ | |
| 8086 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8087 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8088 { | |
| 8089 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8090 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8091 else | |
| 8092 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8093 break; | |
| 8094 } | |
| 8095 | |
| 8096 /* | |
| 8097 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 8098 * are finished. | |
| 8099 * while (not) | |
| 8100 * -> here; | |
| 8101 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 8102 * before this is terminated. | |
| 8103 * yyy; | |
| 8104 * if (stat) | |
| 8105 * while (not) | |
| 8106 * xxx; | |
| 8107 * -> here; | |
| 8108 */ | |
| 8109 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8110 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8111 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8112 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8113 { | |
| 8114 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 8115 break; | |
| 8116 } | |
| 8117 | |
| 8118 /* | |
| 8119 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 8120 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 8121 * do | |
| 8122 * x = 1; | |
| 8123 * -> here | |
| 8124 */ | |
| 8125 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8126 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8127 { | |
| 8128 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8129 break; | |
| 8130 --whilelevel; | |
| 8131 } | |
| 8132 | |
| 8133 /* | |
| 8134 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 8135 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 8136 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8137 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8138 */ | |
| 2855 | 8139 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 8140 { | |
| 8141 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 8142 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 8143 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 8144 if (*l == '}') | |
| 8145 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 8146 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 8147 |
| 8148 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8149 == NULL | |
| 7 | 8150 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, |
| 2855 | 8151 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) |
| 8152 break; | |
| 8153 } | |
| 7 | 8154 } |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 /* | |
| 8157 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 8158 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 8159 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 8160 * the line before this one. |
| 8161 */ | |
| 8162 else | |
| 8163 { | |
| 8164 /* | |
| 8165 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 8166 * the last one. | |
| 8167 * c = 99 + | |
| 8168 * 100 + | |
| 8169 * -> here; | |
| 8170 */ | |
| 8171 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8172 { | |
| 8173 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 8174 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8175 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8176 break; | |
| 8177 } | |
| 8178 | |
| 8179 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8180 { | |
| 8181 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 8182 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 8183 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 8184 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 8185 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 8186 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8187 { | |
| 8188 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 8189 break; | |
| 8190 | |
| 8191 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8192 continue; | |
| 8193 } | |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8196 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8197 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8198 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8199 } | |
| 8200 else | |
| 8201 { | |
| 8202 /* | |
| 8203 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8204 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8205 * 100 + | |
| 8206 * -> here; | |
| 8207 */ | |
| 8208 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 /* | |
| 8211 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8212 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8213 * struct xxx = | |
| 8214 * { | |
| 8215 * sizeof a, | |
| 8216 * 124 }; | |
| 8217 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8218 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8219 * yet. | |
| 8220 */ | |
| 8221 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8222 { | |
| 8223 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8224 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8225 } | |
| 8226 else | |
| 8227 { | |
| 8228 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8229 && *l != NUL | |
| 8230 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8231 /* XXX */ | |
| 8232 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8233 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8234 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8235 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8236 } | |
| 8237 } | |
| 8238 } | |
| 8239 } | |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 /* | |
| 8242 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8243 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8244 */ | |
| 8245 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 8246 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 8247 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8248 { |
| 8249 /* | |
| 8250 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8251 * with the last one. | |
| 8252 * while (cond); | |
| 8253 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8254 * -> here; | |
| 8255 */ | |
| 8256 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8257 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8258 { | |
| 8259 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8260 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8261 else | |
| 8262 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8263 break; | |
| 8264 } | |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8267 { | |
| 8268 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8269 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8270 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8271 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8272 } | |
| 8273 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8274 } | |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 /* | |
| 8277 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8278 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8279 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8280 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8281 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8282 */ | |
| 8283 else | |
| 8284 { | |
| 8285 /* | |
| 8286 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8287 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8288 */ | |
| 8289 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8290 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8291 { | |
| 8292 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8293 continue; | |
| 8294 } | |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 /* | |
| 8297 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8298 */ | |
| 8299 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8300 { | |
| 8301 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8302 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8303 { | |
| 8304 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8305 --whilelevel; | |
| 8306 continue; | |
| 8307 } | |
| 8308 } | |
| 8309 | |
| 8310 /* | |
| 8311 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8312 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8313 * x = 1; | |
| 8314 * y = foo + | |
| 8315 * -> here; | |
| 8316 * or | |
| 8317 * int x = 1; | |
| 8318 * int foo, | |
| 8319 * -> here; | |
| 8320 */ | |
| 8321 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8322 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8323 { | |
| 8324 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8325 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8326 else | |
| 8327 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8328 break; | |
| 8329 } | |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 /* | |
| 8332 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8333 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8334 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8335 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8336 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8337 * here; | |
| 8338 * ->foo; | |
| 8339 */ | |
| 8340 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8341 { | |
| 8342 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8343 break; | |
| 8344 } | |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 /* | |
| 8347 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8348 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8349 * a terminated line. | |
| 8350 */ | |
| 8351 else | |
| 8352 { | |
| 8353 /* | |
| 8354 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8355 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8356 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8357 * func(asdr, | |
| 8358 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8359 * here; | |
| 8360 */ | |
| 8361 term_again: | |
| 8362 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8363 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8364 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8365 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8366 { | |
| 8367 /* | |
| 8368 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8369 * handled above. | |
| 8370 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8371 * asdf) | |
| 8372 */ | |
| 1550 | 8373 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8374 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8375 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8376 { |
| 8377 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8378 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8379 continue; |
| 8380 } | |
| 8381 } | |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8384 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8385 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8386 * stat; | |
| 8387 * } | |
| 8388 * case 2: | |
| 8389 * stat; | |
| 8390 * } | |
| 8391 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8392 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 8393 |
| 8394 /* | |
| 8395 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8396 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8397 */ | |
| 8398 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8399 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8402 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8403 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8404 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8405 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 8406 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 8407 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 /* | |
| 827 | 8410 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8411 * the matching "if": | |
| 8412 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8413 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8414 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8415 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8416 */ | |
| 8417 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8418 && *l != '}' | |
| 8419 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8420 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8421 { | |
| 8422 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8423 == NULL | |
| 8424 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 8425 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 8426 break; | |
| 8427 continue; | |
| 8428 } | |
| 8429 | |
| 8430 /* | |
| 7 | 8431 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8432 * that block. | |
| 8433 */ | |
| 3172 | 8434 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 2953 | 8435 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7 | 8436 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 8437 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 8438 { | |
| 1550 | 8439 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8440 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8441 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8442 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8443 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8444 goto term_again; | |
| 8445 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8446 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8447 } |
| 8448 } | |
| 8449 } | |
| 8450 } | |
| 8451 } | |
| 8452 } | |
| 8453 | |
| 8454 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8455 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8456 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8457 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8458 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8459 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8460 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 8461 } |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 /* | |
| 8464 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8465 * | |
| 8466 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8467 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8468 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8469 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8470 */ | |
| 8471 else | |
| 8472 { | |
| 8473 /* | |
| 8474 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8475 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8476 * of a function | |
| 8477 */ | |
| 8478 | |
| 8479 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8480 { | |
| 8481 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 8482 } | |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 /* | |
| 8485 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8486 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8487 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8488 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8489 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8490 */ |
| 8491 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8492 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8493 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8494 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8495 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8496 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8497 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 8498 cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8499 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 7 | 8500 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8501 { | |
| 8502 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 8503 } | |
| 8504 else | |
| 8505 { | |
| 8506 amount = 0; | |
| 8507 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8510 | |
| 8511 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8512 { | |
| 8513 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8514 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8515 | |
| 8516 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8517 | |
| 8518 /* | |
| 8519 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8520 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8521 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8522 { | |
| 8523 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8525 continue; |
| 8526 } | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 /* | |
| 827 | 8529 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8530 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8531 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8532 n = FALSE; |
| 8533 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8534 { | |
| 1336 | 8535 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8536 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8537 } | |
| 8538 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8539 { |
| 828 | 8540 /* XXX */ |
| 8541 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 8542 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 8543 break; |
| 8544 } | |
| 8545 | |
| 8546 /* | |
| 8547 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8548 */ | |
| 8549 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8550 continue; | |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8553 continue; | |
| 8554 | |
| 8555 /* | |
| 8556 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8557 * indentation: | |
| 8558 * int foo, | |
| 8559 * bar; | |
| 8560 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8561 * enum foobar | |
| 8562 * { | |
| 8563 * ... | |
| 8564 * } foo, | |
| 8565 * bar; | |
| 8566 */ | |
| 8567 n = 0; | |
| 8568 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8569 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8570 { | |
| 8571 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8572 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8573 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8574 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8575 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8576 |
| 8577 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8578 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8579 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8580 * bla", | |
| 8581 * here; | |
| 8582 */ | |
| 8583 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8584 { | |
| 8585 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8586 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8587 break; | |
| 8588 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8589 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8590 } |
| 8591 | |
| 8592 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8593 | |
| 8594 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8595 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8596 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8597 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8598 break; | |
| 8599 } | |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 /* | |
| 8602 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8603 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8604 */ | |
| 3220 | 8605 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0, |
| 8606 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7 | 8607 break; |
| 8608 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8609 | |
| 8610 /* | |
| 8611 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8612 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8613 */ | |
| 8614 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8615 break; | |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 /* (matching {) | |
| 8618 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8619 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8620 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8621 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8622 */ | |
| 8623 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8624 break; | |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 /* | |
| 3186 | 8627 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8628 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8629 * indent then. | |
| 8630 */ | |
| 8631 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8632 { | |
| 8633 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8634 | |
| 8635 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8636 { | |
| 8637 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8638 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8639 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8640 break; | |
| 8641 } | |
| 8642 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8643 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8644 break; | |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8647 } | |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 /* | |
| 7 | 8650 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8651 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8652 * parameters. | |
| 8653 */ | |
| 3220 | 8654 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, |
| 8655 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8656 { |
| 8657 amount = ind_param; | |
| 8658 break; | |
| 8659 } | |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 /* | |
| 8662 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8663 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8664 * int foo, | |
| 8665 * bar; | |
| 8666 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8667 */ | |
| 828 | 8668 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8669 { |
| 8670 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8671 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8672 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8673 break; | |
| 8674 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8675 } | |
| 8676 | |
| 8677 /* | |
| 8678 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8679 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8680 * | |
| 8681 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8682 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8683 */ | |
| 8684 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8685 | |
| 8686 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8687 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8688 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8689 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8690 break; | |
| 8691 } | |
| 8692 | |
| 8693 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8694 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8695 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 8696 | |
| 8697 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8698 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8699 * here"; | |
| 8700 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8701 * here"; | |
| 8702 */ | |
| 8703 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8704 { | |
| 8705 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8706 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8707 { | |
| 8708 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8709 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8710 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8711 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8712 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8713 } | |
| 8714 } | |
| 8715 } | |
| 8716 } | |
| 8717 | |
| 8718 theend: | |
| 8719 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8720 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8723 | |
| 8724 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8725 return 0; | |
| 8726 return amount; | |
| 8727 } | |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 static int | |
| 8730 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8731 int lookfor; | |
| 8732 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8733 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8734 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8735 { | |
| 8736 char_u *look; | |
| 8737 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8738 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8739 int elselevel; | |
| 8740 int whilelevel; | |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8743 { | |
| 8744 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8745 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8746 } | |
| 8747 else | |
| 8748 { | |
| 8749 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8750 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8751 } | |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8754 | |
| 8755 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8756 { | |
| 8757 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8758 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8761 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8762 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8763 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8764 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8765 { | |
| 8766 /* | |
| 8767 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8768 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8769 */ | |
| 8770 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8771 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8772 break; | |
| 8773 | |
| 8774 /* | |
| 8775 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8776 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8777 * out of luck too. | |
| 8778 */ | |
| 8779 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8780 break; | |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 /* | |
| 8783 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8784 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8785 * different scope... | |
| 8786 */ | |
| 8787 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8788 continue; | |
| 8789 | |
| 8790 /* | |
| 8791 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8792 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8793 * increment elselevel | |
| 8794 */ | |
| 8795 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8796 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8797 { | |
| 8798 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8799 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8800 ++elselevel; | |
| 8801 continue; | |
| 8802 } | |
| 8803 | |
| 8804 /* | |
| 8805 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8806 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8807 */ | |
| 8808 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8809 { | |
| 8810 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8811 continue; | |
| 8812 } | |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8815 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8816 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8817 { | |
| 8818 elselevel--; | |
| 8819 /* | |
| 8820 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8821 * get in the way. | |
| 8822 */ | |
| 8823 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8824 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8825 } | |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8828 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8829 whilelevel--; | |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 /* | |
| 8832 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8833 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8834 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8835 */ | |
| 8836 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 return OK; | |
| 8839 } | |
| 8840 } | |
| 8841 } | |
| 8842 return FAIL; | |
| 8843 } | |
| 8844 | |
| 8845 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8846 /* | |
| 8847 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8848 */ | |
| 8849 int | |
| 8850 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8851 { | |
| 8852 int indent; | |
| 4117 | 8853 pos_T save_pos; |
| 8854 colnr_T save_curswant; | |
| 8855 int save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8856 int save_State; |
| 681 | 8857 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8858 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8859 |
| 4117 | 8860 /* Save and restore cursor position and curswant, in case it was changed |
| 8861 * via :normal commands */ | |
| 8862 save_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8863 save_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 8864 save_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8865 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
| 634 | 8866 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8867 ++sandbox; | |
| 8868 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8869 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8870 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8871 --sandbox; | |
| 8872 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8873 |
| 8874 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8875 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8876 * command. */ | |
| 8877 save_State = State; | |
| 8878 State = INSERT; | |
| 4117 | 8879 curwin->w_cursor = save_pos; |
| 8880 curwin->w_curswant = save_curswant; | |
| 8881 curwin->w_set_curswant = save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8882 check_cursor(); |
| 8883 State = save_State; | |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8886 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8887 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 return indent; | |
| 8890 } | |
| 8891 # endif | |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8894 | |
| 8895 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8898 | |
| 8899 static int | |
| 8900 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8901 char_u *p; | |
| 8902 { | |
| 8903 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8904 int len; | |
| 8905 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8906 | |
| 8907 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8908 { | |
| 8909 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8910 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8911 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8912 return TRUE; | |
| 8913 } | |
| 8914 return FALSE; | |
| 8915 } | |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 /* | |
| 8918 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8919 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8920 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8921 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8922 * | |
| 8923 * TODO: | |
| 8924 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8925 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8926 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8927 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8928 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8929 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8930 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8931 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8932 */ |
| 8933 int | |
| 8934 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8935 { | |
| 14 | 8936 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8937 int amount; |
| 8938 char_u *that; | |
| 8939 colnr_T col; | |
| 8940 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8941 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8942 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8943 | |
| 8944 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8945 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8948 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8949 | |
| 14 | 8950 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8951 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8952 else | |
| 8953 { | |
| 8954 paren = *pos; | |
| 8955 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8956 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8957 pos = &paren; | |
| 8958 } | |
| 8959 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8960 { |
| 8961 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8962 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8963 amount = -1; | |
| 8964 parencount = 0; | |
| 8965 | |
| 8966 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8967 { | |
| 8968 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8969 continue; | |
| 8970 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 8971 { | |
| 8972 if (*that == ';') | |
| 8973 { | |
| 8974 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8975 ++that; | |
| 8976 continue; | |
| 8977 } | |
| 8978 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8979 { | |
| 8980 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8981 ++that; | |
| 8982 continue; | |
| 8983 } | |
| 8984 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8985 { | |
| 983 | 8986 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 8987 { | |
| 8988 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 8989 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8990 { | |
| 8991 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 8992 break; | |
| 8993 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 8994 { | |
| 8995 ++that; | |
| 8996 break; | |
| 8997 } | |
| 8998 } | |
| 8999 } | |
| 7 | 9000 } |
| 14 | 9001 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9002 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9003 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 9004 --parencount; |
| 9005 } | |
| 9006 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 9007 { | |
| 9008 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 9009 break; | |
| 9010 } | |
| 9011 } | |
| 9012 | |
| 9013 if (amount == -1) | |
| 9014 { | |
| 9015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9016 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 9017 col = pos->col; | |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 9022 amount = 2; | |
| 9023 else | |
| 9024 { | |
| 9025 amount = 0; | |
| 9026 while (*that && col) | |
| 9027 { | |
| 9028 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9029 col--; | |
| 9030 } | |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 /* | |
| 9033 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 9034 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 9035 * | |
| 9036 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 9037 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 9038 */ | |
| 9039 | |
| 14 | 9040 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9041 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 9042 amount += 2; |
| 9043 else | |
| 9044 { | |
| 9045 that++; | |
| 9046 amount++; | |
| 9047 firsttry = amount; | |
| 9048 | |
| 9049 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9050 { | |
| 9051 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9052 ++that; | |
| 9053 } | |
| 9054 | |
| 9055 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 9056 { | |
| 1532 | 9057 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 9058 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 9059 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 9060 firsttry++; |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 parencount = 0; | |
| 9063 quotecount = 0; | |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 if (vi_lisp | |
| 9066 || (*that != '"' | |
| 9067 && *that != '\'' | |
| 9068 && *that != '#' | |
| 9069 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 9070 { | |
| 9071 while (*that | |
| 9072 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 9073 || quotecount | |
| 9074 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 9075 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9076 && !quotecount |
| 9077 && !parencount | |
| 9078 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 9079 { | |
| 9080 if (*that == '"') | |
| 9081 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 9082 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9083 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9084 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9085 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 9086 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9087 --parencount; |
| 9088 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 9089 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 9090 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9091 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 9092 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9093 } | |
| 9094 } | |
| 9095 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9096 { | |
| 9097 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9098 that++; | |
| 9099 } | |
| 9100 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 9101 amount = firsttry; | |
| 9102 } | |
| 9103 } | |
| 9104 } | |
| 9105 } | |
| 9106 } | |
| 9107 else | |
| 14 | 9108 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 9109 |
| 9110 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 return amount; | |
| 9113 } | |
| 9114 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 9115 | |
| 9116 void | |
| 9117 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 9118 { | |
| 39 | 9119 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 9120 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 9121 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 9122 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 9123 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 9124 #endif | |
| 9125 | |
| 7 | 9126 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 9127 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9128 { | |
| 9129 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 9130 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 9131 } | |
| 9132 else | |
| 9133 #endif | |
| 9134 { | |
| 9135 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 9136 | |
| 9137 /* | |
| 9138 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 9139 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 9140 */ | |
| 9141 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 9142 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9143 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 9144 #endif | |
| 9145 stoptermcap(); | |
| 9146 out_flush(); | |
| 9147 } | |
| 9148 } | |
| 9149 | |
| 9150 /* | |
| 9151 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 9152 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 9153 */ | |
| 9154 void | |
| 9155 preserve_exit() | |
| 9156 { | |
| 9157 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9158 | |
| 9159 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 9160 | |
| 625 | 9161 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 9162 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 9163 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 9164 | |
| 7 | 9165 out_str(IObuff); |
| 9166 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9167 out_flush(); | |
| 9168 | |
| 9169 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 9170 | |
| 9171 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 9172 { | |
| 9173 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 9174 { | |
| 9175 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
| 9176 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9177 out_flush(); | |
| 9178 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 9179 break; | |
| 9180 } | |
| 9181 } | |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
| 9186 | |
| 9187 getout(1); | |
| 9188 } | |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 /* | |
| 9191 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 9192 */ | |
| 9193 int | |
| 9194 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 9195 char_u *fname; | |
| 9196 { | |
| 9197 struct stat st; | |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9200 return FALSE; | |
| 9201 return TRUE; | |
| 9202 } | |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 /* | |
| 9205 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9206 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9207 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9208 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9209 */ | |
| 9210 | |
| 9211 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9212 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9213 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9214 # else | |
| 9215 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9216 # endif | |
| 9217 #endif | |
| 9218 | |
| 9219 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9220 | |
| 9221 void | |
| 9222 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9223 { | |
| 9224 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9225 { | |
| 9226 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9227 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9228 } | |
| 9229 } | |
| 9230 | |
| 9231 /* | |
| 9232 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9233 */ | |
| 9234 void | |
| 9235 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9236 { | |
| 9237 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9238 { | |
| 9239 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9240 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9241 } | |
| 9242 } | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 /* | |
| 2016 | 9245 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9246 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9247 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9248 */ | |
| 9249 int | |
| 9250 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9251 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9252 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9253 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9254 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9255 { | |
| 9256 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9257 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9258 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9259 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9260 int usedlen; | |
| 9261 | |
| 9262 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9263 { | |
| 9264 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9265 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9266 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9267 --emsg_off; | |
| 9268 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9269 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9270 } | |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9273 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9274 | |
| 9275 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9276 { | |
| 9277 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9278 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9279 } | |
| 9280 | |
| 9281 return ret; | |
| 9282 } | |
| 9283 | |
| 9284 /* | |
| 7 | 9285 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9286 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9287 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9288 */ |
| 9289 int | |
| 9290 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9291 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9292 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9293 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9294 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9295 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9296 { | |
| 9297 int retval; | |
| 9298 int i, j; | |
| 9299 char_u *p; | |
| 9300 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9301 | |
| 9302 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9303 | |
| 9304 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9305 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9306 return retval; |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9309 /* | |
| 9310 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9311 */ | |
| 9312 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9313 { | |
| 9314 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9317 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9318 { | |
| 9319 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9320 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9321 break; | |
| 9322 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9323 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9324 # endif | |
| 9325 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9326 { | |
| 9327 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9328 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9329 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9330 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9331 --*num_file; | |
| 9332 --i; | |
| 9333 } | |
| 9334 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9335 } | |
| 9336 } | |
| 9337 #endif | |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 /* | |
| 9340 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9341 */ | |
| 9342 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9343 { | |
| 9344 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9345 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9346 { | |
| 9347 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9348 { | |
| 9349 /* | |
| 9350 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9351 * of the list. | |
| 9352 */ | |
| 9353 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9354 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9355 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9356 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9357 } | |
| 9358 } | |
| 9359 } | |
| 9360 | |
| 9361 return retval; | |
| 9362 } | |
| 9363 | |
| 9364 /* | |
| 9365 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9366 */ | |
| 9367 int | |
| 9368 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9369 char_u *fname; | |
| 9370 { | |
| 9371 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9372 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9373 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9374 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9377 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9378 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9379 { | |
| 9380 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9381 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9382 { | |
| 9383 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9384 | |
| 9385 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9386 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9387 { | |
| 9388 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9389 break; | |
| 9390 } | |
| 9391 } | |
| 9392 else | |
| 9393 { | |
| 9394 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9395 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9396 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9397 break; | |
| 9398 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9399 } | |
| 7 | 9400 } |
| 9401 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9402 } | |
| 9403 | |
| 9404 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9405 | |
| 9406 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9407 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9408 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9409 # endif | |
| 9410 | |
| 9411 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9412 /* | |
| 9413 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9414 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9415 */ | |
| 9416 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9417 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9418 # else | |
| 9419 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9420 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9421 # endif | |
| 9422 # endif | |
| 9423 | |
| 9424 /* | |
| 9425 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9426 */ | |
| 9427 static int _cdecl | |
| 9428 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9429 { | |
| 39 | 9430 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9431 } |
| 9432 | |
| 9433 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9434 static void | |
| 9435 namelowcpy( | |
| 9436 char_u *d, | |
| 9437 char_u *s) | |
| 9438 { | |
| 9439 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9440 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9441 while (*s) | |
| 9442 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9443 else | |
| 9444 # endif | |
| 9445 while (*s) | |
| 9446 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9447 *d = NUL; | |
| 9448 } | |
| 9449 # endif | |
| 9450 | |
| 9451 /* | |
| 445 | 9452 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9453 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9454 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9455 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9456 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9457 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9458 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9459 */ |
| 9460 static int | |
| 9461 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9462 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9463 char_u *path, | |
| 9464 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9465 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9466 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9467 { |
| 9468 char_u *buf; | |
| 9469 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9470 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9471 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9472 char_u *pat; | |
| 9473 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9474 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9475 int matches; | |
| 9476 int len; | |
| 9477 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9478 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9479 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9480 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9481 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9482 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9483 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9484 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9485 # endif | |
| 9486 #else | |
| 9487 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9488 #endif | |
| 9489 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9490 int ok; |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9493 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9494 { | |
| 9495 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9496 if (got_int) | |
| 9497 return 0; | |
| 9498 } | |
| 7 | 9499 |
| 9500 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9501 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9502 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9503 return 0; | |
| 9504 | |
| 9505 /* | |
| 9506 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9507 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9508 */ | |
| 9509 p = buf; | |
| 9510 s = buf; | |
| 9511 e = NULL; | |
| 9512 path_end = path; | |
| 9513 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9514 { | |
| 9515 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9516 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9517 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9518 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9519 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9520 { | |
| 9521 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9522 break; | |
| 9523 s = p + 1; | |
| 9524 } | |
| 9525 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9526 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9527 e = p; | |
| 9528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9529 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9530 { | |
| 474 | 9531 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9532 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9533 p += len; | |
| 9534 path_end += len; | |
| 9535 } | |
| 9536 else | |
| 9537 #endif | |
| 9538 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9539 } | |
| 9540 e = p; | |
| 9541 *e = NUL; | |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9544 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9545 * component. */ | |
| 9546 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9547 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9548 { | |
| 1624 | 9549 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9550 --e; |
| 9551 --s; | |
| 9552 } | |
| 9553 | |
| 445 | 9554 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9555 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9556 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9557 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9558 | |
| 7 | 9559 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9560 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9561 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9562 { | |
| 9563 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9564 return 0; | |
| 9565 } | |
| 9566 | |
| 9567 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9568 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9569 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9570 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9571 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9572 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9573 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9574 vim_free(pat); |
| 9575 | |
| 3261 | 9576 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9577 { |
| 9578 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9579 return 0; | |
| 9580 } | |
| 9581 | |
| 9582 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9583 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9584 | |
| 445 | 9585 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9586 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9587 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9588 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9589 { | |
| 9590 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9591 ++stardepth; | |
| 9592 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9593 --stardepth; | |
| 9594 } | |
| 9595 | |
| 7 | 9596 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9597 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9598 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9599 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9600 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9601 { | |
| 9602 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9603 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9604 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9605 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9606 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9607 { | |
| 9608 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9609 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9610 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9611 { | |
| 9612 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9613 wn = NULL; | |
| 9614 } | |
| 9615 } | |
| 9616 } | |
| 9617 | |
| 9618 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9619 # endif | |
| 9620 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9621 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9622 #else | |
| 9623 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9624 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9625 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9626 #endif | |
| 9627 | |
| 9628 while (ok) | |
| 9629 { | |
| 9630 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9631 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9632 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9633 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9634 else |
| 9635 # endif | |
| 9636 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9637 #else | |
| 9638 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9639 #endif | |
| 9640 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9641 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9642 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9643 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9644 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9645 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9646 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9647 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9648 { |
| 9649 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9650 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9651 #else | |
| 9652 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9653 #endif | |
| 9654 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9655 |
| 9656 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9657 { | |
| 9658 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9659 * find matches. */ | |
| 9660 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9661 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9662 ++stardepth; | |
| 9663 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9664 --stardepth; | |
| 9665 } | |
| 9666 | |
| 7 | 9667 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9668 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9669 { | |
| 9670 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9671 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9672 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9673 } |
| 9674 else | |
| 9675 { | |
| 9676 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9677 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9678 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9679 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9680 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9681 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9682 } | |
| 9683 } | |
| 9684 | |
| 9685 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9686 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9687 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9688 { | |
| 9689 vim_free(p); | |
| 9690 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9691 } | |
| 9692 else | |
| 9693 # endif | |
| 9694 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9695 #else | |
| 9696 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9697 #endif | |
| 9698 | |
| 9699 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9700 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9701 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9702 { | |
| 9703 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9704 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9705 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9706 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9707 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9708 { | |
| 9709 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9710 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9711 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9712 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9713 } | |
| 9714 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9715 # endif | |
| 9716 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9717 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9718 #else | |
| 9719 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9720 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9721 #endif | |
| 9722 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9723 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9724 } | |
| 9725 } | |
| 9726 | |
| 9727 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9728 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9729 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9730 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9731 # endif | |
| 9732 #endif | |
| 9733 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9734 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9735 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9738 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9739 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9740 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9741 return matches; | |
| 9742 } | |
| 9743 | |
| 9744 int | |
| 9745 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9746 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9747 char_u *path, | |
| 9748 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9749 { | |
| 445 | 9750 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9751 } |
| 9752 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9753 | |
| 445 | 9754 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9755 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9756 /* | |
| 9757 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9758 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9759 */ | |
| 9760 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9761 | |
| 9762 static int | |
| 9763 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9764 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9765 { | |
| 9766 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9767 } | |
| 9768 | |
| 9769 /* | |
| 9770 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9771 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9772 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9773 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9774 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9775 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9776 */ | |
| 9777 int | |
| 9778 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9779 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9780 char_u *path; | |
| 9781 int wildoff; | |
| 9782 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9783 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9784 { | |
| 9785 char_u *buf; | |
| 9786 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9787 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9788 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9789 char_u *pat; | |
| 9790 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9791 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9792 int matches; | |
| 9793 int len; | |
| 9794 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9795 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9796 | |
| 9797 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9798 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9799 | |
| 9800 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9801 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9802 { | |
| 9803 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9804 if (got_int) | |
| 9805 return 0; | |
| 9806 } | |
| 9807 | |
| 9808 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9809 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9810 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9811 return 0; | |
| 9812 | |
| 9813 /* | |
| 9814 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9815 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9816 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9817 */ | |
| 9818 p = buf; | |
| 9819 s = buf; | |
| 9820 e = NULL; | |
| 9821 path_end = path; | |
| 9822 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9823 { | |
| 9824 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9825 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9826 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9827 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9828 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9829 { | |
| 9830 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9831 break; | |
| 9832 s = p + 1; | |
| 9833 } | |
| 9834 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9835 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 9836 #ifndef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 9837 || ((flags & EW_ICASE) | |
| 9838 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))) | |
| 9839 #endif | |
| 9840 )) | |
| 445 | 9841 e = p; |
| 9842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9843 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9844 { | |
| 474 | 9845 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9846 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9847 p += len; | |
| 9848 path_end += len; | |
| 9849 } | |
| 9850 else | |
| 9851 #endif | |
| 9852 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9853 } | |
| 9854 e = p; | |
| 9855 *e = NUL; | |
| 9856 | |
| 2984 | 9857 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9858 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9859 * component. */ | |
| 9860 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9861 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9862 { | |
| 1624 | 9863 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9864 --e; |
| 9865 --s; | |
| 9866 } | |
| 9867 | |
| 9868 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9869 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9870 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9871 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9872 | |
| 9873 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9874 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9875 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9876 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9877 { | |
| 9878 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9879 return 0; | |
| 9880 } | |
| 9881 | |
| 9882 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 587 | 9883 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME |
| 445 | 9884 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */ |
| 9885 #else | |
| 2652 | 9886 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9887 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9888 else | |
| 9889 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */ | |
| 445 | 9890 #endif |
| 3261 | 9891 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9892 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9893 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9894 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9895 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9896 vim_free(pat); |
| 9897 | |
| 3261 | 9898 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9899 { |
| 9900 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9901 return 0; | |
| 9902 } | |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9905 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9906 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9907 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9908 { | |
| 9909 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9910 ++stardepth; | |
| 9911 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9912 --stardepth; | |
| 9913 } | |
| 9914 | |
| 9915 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9916 *s = NUL; | |
| 9917 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9918 | |
| 9919 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9920 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9921 { | |
| 9922 for (;;) | |
| 9923 { | |
| 9924 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9925 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9926 break; | |
| 9927 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9928 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9929 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9930 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9931 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9932 { |
| 9933 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9934 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9937 { | |
| 9938 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9939 * find matches. */ | |
| 9940 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9941 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9942 ++stardepth; | |
| 9943 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9944 --stardepth; | |
| 9945 } | |
| 9946 | |
| 9947 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9948 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9949 { | |
| 9950 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9951 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9952 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9953 } | |
| 9954 else | |
| 9955 { | |
| 9956 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9957 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9958 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9959 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9960 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9961 { | |
| 768 | 9962 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9963 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9964 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9965 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9966 |
| 445 | 9967 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9968 { | |
| 9969 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9970 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9971 } | |
| 9972 #endif | |
| 9973 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9974 } | |
| 9975 } | |
| 9976 } | |
| 9977 } | |
| 9978 | |
| 9979 closedir(dirp); | |
| 9980 } | |
| 9981 | |
| 9982 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9983 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9984 | |
| 9985 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9986 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9987 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 9988 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9989 return matches; | |
| 9990 } | |
| 9991 #endif | |
| 9992 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9993 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9994 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9995 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9996 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9997 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9998 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9999 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10000 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10001 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10002 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10003 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10004 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10005 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10006 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10007 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10008 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10009 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10010 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10011 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10012 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10013 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10014 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10015 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10016 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10017 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10018 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10019 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10020 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10021 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10022 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10023 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10024 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10025 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10026 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10027 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10028 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10029 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10030 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10031 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10032 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10033 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10034 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10035 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10036 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10037 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10038 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10039 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10040 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10041 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10042 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10043 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10044 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10045 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10046 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10047 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10048 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10049 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10050 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10051 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 10052 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 10053 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10054 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10055 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10056 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10057 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10058 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10059 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10060 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
10061 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10062 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10063 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10064 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10065 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10066 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10067 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10068 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10069 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10070 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10071 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10072 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10073 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10074 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10075 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10076 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10077 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10078 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10079 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10080 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10081 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10082 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10083 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10084 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10085 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10086 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10087 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10088 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10089 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10090 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10091 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10092 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10093 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10094 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10095 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10096 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10097 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10098 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10099 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10100 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10101 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10102 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10103 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10104 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10105 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10106 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10107 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10108 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10109 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10110 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10111 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10112 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10113 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10114 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10115 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10116 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10117 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10118 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10119 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
10120 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10121 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10122 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10123 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10124 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10125 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10126 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10127 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10128 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10129 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10130 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10131 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10132 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10133 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10134 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10135 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10136 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10137 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10138 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10139 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10140 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10141 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10142 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10143 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10144 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10145 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10146 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10147 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10148 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10149 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10150 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10151 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10152 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10153 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10154 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10155 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10156 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
10157 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10158 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10159 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10160 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10161 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10162 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10163 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10164 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10165 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10166 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10167 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10168 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10169 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10170 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10171 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10172 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10173 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10174 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10175 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10176 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10177 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10178 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10179 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10180 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10181 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10182 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10183 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10184 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10185 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10186 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10187 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10188 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10189 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10190 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10191 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10192 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10193 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10194 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10195 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10196 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10197 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10198 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10199 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10200 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10201 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10202 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10203 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10204 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10205 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10206 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10207 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10208 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10209 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10210 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10211 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10212 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10213 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10214 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10215 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10216 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10217 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10218 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10219 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10220 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10221 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10222 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10223 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10224 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10225 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10226 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10227 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10228 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10229 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10230 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10231 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10232 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10233 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10234 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10235 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10236 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10237 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10238 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10239 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10240 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10241 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10242 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10243 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10244 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10245 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10246 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10247 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10248 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10249 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10250 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10251 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10252 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10253 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10254 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10255 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10256 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10257 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10258 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10259 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10260 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10261 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10262 } |
| 2538 | 10263 |
| 10264 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10265 { | |
| 10266 /* | |
| 10267 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10268 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10269 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10270 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10271 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10272 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10273 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10274 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10275 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10276 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10277 */ |
| 10278 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10279 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10280 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10281 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10282 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10283 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10284 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10285 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10286 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10287 ) |
| 2538 | 10288 { |
| 10289 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10290 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10291 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10292 } |
| 10293 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10294 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10295 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10296 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10297 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10298 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10299 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10300 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10301 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10302 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10303 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10304 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10305 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10306 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10307 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10308 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10309 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10310 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10311 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10312 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10313 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10314 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10315 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10316 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10317 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10318 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10319 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10320 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10321 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10322 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10323 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10324 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10325 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10326 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10327 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10328 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10329 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10330 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10331 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10332 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10333 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10334 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10335 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10336 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10337 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10338 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10339 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10340 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10341 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10342 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10343 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10344 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10345 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10346 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10347 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10348 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10349 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10350 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10351 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10352 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10353 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10354 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10355 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10356 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10357 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10358 char_u *files = NULL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10359 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10360 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10361 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10362 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10363 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10364 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10365 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10366 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10367 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10368 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10369 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10370 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10371 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10372 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10373 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10374 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10375 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10376 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10377 |
| 2652 | 10378 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10379 vim_free(paths); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10380 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10381 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10382 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10383 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10384 s = e = files; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10385 while (*s != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10386 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10387 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10388 e++; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10389 if (*e == NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10390 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10391 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10392 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10393 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10394 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10395 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10396 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10397 *e = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10398 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10399 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10400 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10401 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10402 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10403 vim_free(files); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10404 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10405 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10406 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10407 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10408 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10409 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10410 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10411 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10412 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10413 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10414 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10415 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10416 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10417 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10418 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10419 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10420 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10421 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10422 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10423 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10424 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10425 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10426 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10427 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10428 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10429 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10430 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10431 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10432 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10433 |
| 7 | 10434 /* |
| 10435 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10436 * | |
| 10437 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10438 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10439 * | |
| 10440 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10441 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10442 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10443 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10444 */ | |
| 10445 int | |
| 10446 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10447 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10448 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10449 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10450 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10451 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10452 { | |
| 10453 int i; | |
| 10454 garray_T ga; | |
| 10455 char_u *p; | |
| 10456 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10457 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10458 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10459 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10460 #endif |
| 7 | 10461 |
| 10462 /* | |
| 10463 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10464 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10465 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10466 * return FAIL. | |
| 10467 */ | |
| 10468 if (recursive) | |
| 10469 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10470 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10471 #else | |
| 10472 return FAIL; | |
| 10473 #endif | |
| 10474 | |
| 10475 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10476 /* | |
| 10477 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10478 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10479 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10480 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10481 */ | |
| 10482 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10483 { | |
| 10484 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL | |
| 10485 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10486 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10487 # endif | |
| 10488 ) | |
| 10489 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10490 } | |
| 10491 #endif | |
| 10492 | |
| 10493 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10494 | |
| 10495 /* | |
| 10496 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10497 */ | |
| 10498 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10499 | |
| 10500 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10501 { | |
| 10502 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10503 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10504 | |
| 10505 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10506 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10507 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10508 else | |
| 10509 #endif | |
| 10510 { | |
| 10511 /* | |
| 10512 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10513 */ | |
| 2538 | 10514 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10515 { |
| 1408 | 10516 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10517 if (p == NULL) |
| 10518 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10519 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10520 /* | |
| 10521 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10522 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10523 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10524 */ | |
| 2538 | 10525 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10526 { |
| 10527 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10528 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10529 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10530 flags); | |
| 10531 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10532 return i; | |
| 10533 } | |
| 10534 #endif | |
| 10535 } | |
| 10536 | |
| 10537 /* | |
| 10538 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10539 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10540 * the pattern. | |
| 10541 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10542 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10543 */ | |
| 10544 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10545 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10546 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10547 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10548 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10549 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10550 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10551 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10552 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10553 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10554 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10555 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10556 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10557 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10558 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10559 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10560 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10561 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10562 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10563 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10564 } |
| 7 | 10565 } |
| 10566 | |
| 10567 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10568 { | |
| 10569 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10570 | |
| 10571 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10572 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10573 #endif | |
| 10574 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10575 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10576 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10577 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10578 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10579 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10580 vim_free(t); | |
| 10581 } | |
| 10582 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10583 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10584 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10585 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10586 #endif |
| 7 | 10587 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10588 vim_free(p); | |
| 10589 } | |
| 10590 | |
| 10591 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10592 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10593 | |
| 10594 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10595 | |
| 10596 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10597 } | |
| 10598 | |
| 10599 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10600 | |
| 10601 /* | |
| 10602 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10603 */ | |
| 10604 static int | |
| 10605 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10606 char_u *p; | |
| 10607 { | |
| 10608 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10609 } | |
| 10610 | |
| 10611 /* | |
| 10612 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10613 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10614 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10615 */ | |
| 10616 static int | |
| 10617 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10618 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10619 char_u *pat; | |
| 10620 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10621 { | |
| 10622 char_u *p; | |
| 10623 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10624 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10625 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10626 int i; | |
| 10627 | |
| 10628 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10629 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10630 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10631 return 0; | |
| 10632 | |
| 10633 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10634 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10635 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10636 else |
| 10637 #endif | |
| 24 | 10638 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 10639 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 10640 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10641 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10642 return 0; | |
| 10643 | |
| 10644 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10645 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10646 { | |
| 10647 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10648 p = cmd; | |
| 10649 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10650 ++p; | |
| 10651 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10652 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10653 { | |
| 10654 i = *p; | |
| 10655 *p = NUL; | |
| 10656 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10657 *p = i; | |
| 10658 ++cnt; | |
| 10659 } | |
| 10660 cmd = p; | |
| 10661 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10662 ++cmd; | |
| 10663 } | |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10666 return cnt; | |
| 10667 } | |
| 10668 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10669 | |
| 10670 /* | |
| 10671 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10672 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10673 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10674 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10675 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10676 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10677 */ | |
| 10678 void | |
| 10679 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10680 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10681 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10682 int flags; | |
| 10683 { | |
| 10684 char_u *p; | |
| 10685 int isdir; | |
| 10686 | |
| 10687 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10688 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10689 return; | |
| 10690 | |
| 10691 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10692 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10693 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10694 return; | |
| 10695 #endif | |
| 10696 | |
| 10697 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10698 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10699 return; | |
| 10700 | |
| 716 | 10701 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 10702 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 10703 return; | |
| 10704 | |
| 7 | 10705 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10706 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10707 return; | |
| 10708 | |
| 10709 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10710 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10711 return; | |
| 10712 | |
| 10713 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10714 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10715 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10716 #endif | |
| 10717 /* | |
| 10718 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10719 */ | |
| 10720 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10721 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10722 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10723 #endif | |
| 10724 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10725 } | |
| 10726 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10727 | |
| 10728 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10729 | |
| 10730 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10731 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10732 #endif | |
| 10733 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10734 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10735 #endif | |
| 10736 | |
| 10737 /* | |
| 10738 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 10739 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 10740 */ | |
| 10741 char_u * | |
| 24 | 10742 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 10743 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10744 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10745 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 10746 { | |
| 10747 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10748 char_u *command; | |
| 10749 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10750 int len; | |
| 10751 int i = 0; | |
| 10752 FILE *fd; | |
| 10753 | |
| 10754 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10755 return NULL; | |
| 10756 | |
| 10757 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10758 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10759 { | |
| 10760 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10761 return NULL; | |
| 10762 } | |
| 10763 | |
| 10764 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10765 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10766 if (command == NULL) |
| 10767 goto done; | |
| 10768 | |
| 10769 /* | |
| 10770 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10771 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10772 */ | |
| 10773 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10774 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10775 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10776 | |
| 10777 vim_free(command); | |
| 10778 | |
| 10779 /* | |
| 10780 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10781 */ | |
| 10782 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10783 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10784 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10785 # else | |
| 10786 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10787 # endif | |
| 10788 | |
| 10789 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10790 { | |
| 10791 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10792 goto done; | |
| 10793 } | |
| 10794 | |
| 10795 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10796 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10797 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10798 | |
| 10799 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10800 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10801 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10802 fclose(fd); | |
| 10803 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10804 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10805 goto done; | |
| 10806 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10807 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10808 #endif | |
| 10809 if (i != len) | |
| 10810 { | |
| 10811 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10812 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10813 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10814 } | |
| 10815 else | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10816 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
| 7 | 10817 |
| 10818 done: | |
| 10819 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10820 return buffer; | |
| 10821 } | |
| 10822 #endif | |
| 10823 | |
| 10824 /* | |
| 10825 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10826 * functions. | |
| 10827 */ | |
| 10828 void | |
| 10829 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10830 int count; | |
| 10831 char_u **files; | |
| 10832 { | |
| 838 | 10833 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10834 return; |
| 10835 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10836 /* | |
| 10837 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10838 * been used??? | |
| 10839 */ | |
| 10840 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10841 #else | |
| 10842 while (count--) | |
| 10843 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10844 vim_free(files); | |
| 10845 #endif | |
| 10846 } | |
| 10847 | |
| 10848 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10849 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10850 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10851 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10852 */ | |
| 10853 int | |
| 10854 goto_im() | |
| 10855 { | |
| 10856 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10857 } |